changeset 1184:cf1fdb254c41

Moved help pages from 'manuals' to 'doc/help'. Updated .hgignore.
author Emanuel Schuetze <emanuel@intevation.de>
date Mon, 22 Sep 2014 13:02:11 +0200
parents 3e4ac23938e1
children 69f7d302cdb9
files .hgignore doc/CMakeLists.txt doc/Doxyfile.in doc/apidoc/CMakeLists.txt doc/apidoc/Doxyfile.in doc/help/CMakeLists.txt doc/help/README.txt doc/help/admin/Makefile doc/help/admin/_static/extra-style.css doc/help/admin/_templates/searchbox.html doc/help/admin/bedienung.rst doc/help/admin/conf.py doc/help/admin/conf.py.in doc/help/admin/index.rst doc/help/admin/installation.rst doc/help/client/Makefile doc/help/client/_static/bsi-logo.png doc/help/client/_static/extra-style.css doc/help/client/_static/nsis-installer.png doc/help/client/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png doc/help/client/_static/stores.png doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-logo.png doc/help/client/_templates/layout.html doc/help/client/_templates/searchbox.html doc/help/client/arbeitsweise.rst doc/help/client/bedienung.rst doc/help/client/conf.py doc/help/client/conf.py.in doc/help/client/index.rst doc/help/client/installation.rst doc/help/client/techn-referenz.rst doc/help/requirements.txt doc/help/theme/better/__init__.py doc/help/theme/better/layout.html doc/help/theme/better/relbar.html doc/help/theme/better/searchbox.html doc/help/theme/better/static/better.css_t doc/help/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t doc/help/theme/better/theme.conf manuals/CMakeLists.txt manuals/README.txt manuals/admin-manual/Makefile manuals/admin-manual/_static/extra-style.css manuals/admin-manual/_templates/searchbox.html manuals/admin-manual/bedienung.rst manuals/admin-manual/conf.py manuals/admin-manual/conf.py.in manuals/admin-manual/index.rst manuals/admin-manual/installation.rst manuals/help-manual/Makefile manuals/help-manual/_static/bsi-logo.png manuals/help-manual/_static/extra-style.css manuals/help-manual/_static/nsis-installer.png manuals/help-manual/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png manuals/help-manual/_static/stores.png manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-logo.png manuals/help-manual/_templates/layout.html manuals/help-manual/_templates/searchbox.html manuals/help-manual/arbeitsweise.rst manuals/help-manual/bedienung.rst manuals/help-manual/conf.py manuals/help-manual/conf.py.in manuals/help-manual/index.rst manuals/help-manual/installation.rst manuals/help-manual/techn-referenz.rst manuals/requirements.txt manuals/theme/better/__init__.py manuals/theme/better/layout.html manuals/theme/better/relbar.html manuals/theme/better/searchbox.html manuals/theme/better/static/better.css_t manuals/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t manuals/theme/better/theme.conf
diffstat 75 files changed, 4761 insertions(+), 4762 deletions(-) [+]
line wrap: on
line diff
--- a/.hgignore	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ b/.hgignore	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
-manuals/.venv
-manuals/help-manual/_build
-manuals/admin-manual/_build
+.venv
+_build
 
 .swp
 
--- a/doc/CMakeLists.txt	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik
-# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH
-#
-# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2)
-# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY!
-# See LICENSE.txt for details.
-
-include (FindDoxygen)
-
-set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM true)
-set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES ".built-html")
-
-if (NOT DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE)
-    message (STATUS "WARNING: Doxygen is required to build the docs.")
-else()
-    add_custom_target (doc COMMENT "Building documentation..."
-    DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html)
-endif()
-
-add_custom_command (OUTPUT .built-html
-    COMMAND sh
-    ARGS -c \"${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile && touch ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html\;\"
-    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile
-)
--- a/doc/Doxyfile.in	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1792 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-#       TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-#       TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
-# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
-# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "TrustBridge"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         = @PROJECT_VERSION@
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
-# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          = Installs and updates Root Certificates
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
-# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
-# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
-# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui/img/logo.png
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = @CMAKE_BINARY_DIR@/doc/generated
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       =
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES                = TODO=\todo"
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
-# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
-# itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
-# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
-# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
-# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
-# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
-# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
-# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
-# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
-# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
-# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
-# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
-# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
-# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
-# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
-# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
-# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
-# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
-# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penalty.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
-# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
-# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
-# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
-# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
-# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
-# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
-# rather than with sharp brackets.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
-# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
-# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
-# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
-# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
-# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
-# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
-# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
-# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
-# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
-# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
-# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
-# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
-# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
-# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
-# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
-# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
-# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
-# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET                  = NO
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT                  = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/common @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/cinst
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
-# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
-# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          =
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE              = NO
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
-# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
-# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
-# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
-# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
-#  for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
-# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
-# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
-# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
-# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
-# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
-# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
-# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
-# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
-# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
-# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
-# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
-# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
-# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
-# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
-# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
-# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
-# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
-# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
-# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
-# and 100 does not change the gamma.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
-# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
-# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
-# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
-# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
-# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
-# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
-# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
-# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
-# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
-# add. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
-# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
-# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-#  will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
-# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
-# the help appears.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
-# this name.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
-# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
-# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
-# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
-# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
-# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
-# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
-# values from appearing in the overview section.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
-# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
-# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
-# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
-# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
-# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
-# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
-# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
-# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
-# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
-# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
-# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
-# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
-# installing MathJax.
-# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
-# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
-# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
-# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
-# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
-# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = YES
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
-# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
-# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
-# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
-# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
-# and does not have live searching capabilities.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = YES
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
-# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
-# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
-# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
-# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA             =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD                =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED             =
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
-# overrules the definition found in the source code.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
-# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
-# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
-# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
-# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
-# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
-# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
-# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
-# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
-# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
-# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
-# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
-# between CPU load and processing speed.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
-# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
-# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
-# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
-# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
-# directory containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
-# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
-# set the path where dot can find it.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
-# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
-# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
-# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
-# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
-# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
-# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
-# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
-# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
-# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \mscfile command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/apidoc/CMakeLists.txt	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik
+# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH
+#
+# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2)
+# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY!
+# See LICENSE.txt for details.
+
+include (FindDoxygen)
+
+set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM true)
+set_directory_properties (PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES ".built-html")
+
+if (NOT DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE)
+    message (STATUS "WARNING: Doxygen is required to build the docs.")
+else()
+    add_custom_target (doc COMMENT "Building documentation..."
+    DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html)
+endif()
+
+add_custom_command (OUTPUT .built-html
+    COMMAND sh
+    ARGS -c \"${DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile && touch ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.built-html\;\"
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/Doxyfile
+)
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/apidoc/Doxyfile.in	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,1792 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+#       TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+#       TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
+# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
+# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "TrustBridge"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = @PROJECT_VERSION@
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
+# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = Installs and updates Root Certificates
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
+# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
+# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
+# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui/img/logo.png
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = @CMAKE_BINARY_DIR@/doc/generated
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
+# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
+# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       =
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES                = TODO=\todo"
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
+# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
+# itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
+# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
+# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
+# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
+# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
+# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
+# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
+# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
+# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
+# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
+# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
+# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
+# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
+# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
+# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
+# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
+# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
+# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
+# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
+# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
+# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
+# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
+# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
+# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
+# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
+# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
+# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
+# causing a significant performance penalty.
+# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
+# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
+# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
+# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
+# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
+# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
+# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
+# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
+# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
+# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
+# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
+# rather than with sharp brackets.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
+# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
+# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
+# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
+# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
+# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
+# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
+# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
+# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
+# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
+# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
+# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
+# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
+# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
+# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
+# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
+# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
+# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
+# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT                  = @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/ui @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/common @CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR@/cinst
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
+# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
+# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          =
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE              = NO
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
+# ignored.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
+# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
+# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
+# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
+# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
+#  for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
+# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
+# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
+# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
+# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
+# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
+# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
+# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
+# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
+# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
+# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
+# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
+# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
+# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
+# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
+# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
+# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
+# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
+# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
+# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
+# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
+# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
+# and 100 does not change the gamma.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
+# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
+# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
+# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
+# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
+# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
+# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
+# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
+# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
+# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
+# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
+# add. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
+# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
+# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+#  will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
+# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
+# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
+# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
+# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
+# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
+# the help appears.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
+# this name.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
+# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
+# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
+# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
+# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
+# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
+# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
+# values from appearing in the overview section.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
+# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
+# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
+# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
+# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
+# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
+# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
+# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
+# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
+# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
+# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
+# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
+# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
+# installing MathJax.
+# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
+# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
+# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
+# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
+# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
+# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
+# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
+# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = YES
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
+# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
+# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
+# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
+# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
+# and does not have live searching capabilities.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = YES
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
+# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
+# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
+# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
+# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
+# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
+# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA             =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD                =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED             =
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
+# overrules the definition found in the source code.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
+# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
+# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
+# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
+# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
+# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
+# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
+# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
+# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
+# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
+# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
+# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
+# between CPU load and processing speed.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
+# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
+# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
+# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
+# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
+# directory containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
+# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
+# set the path where dot can find it.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
+# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
+# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
+# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
+# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
+# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
+# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
+# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
+# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
+# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \mscfile command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/CMakeLists.txt	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik
+# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH
+#
+# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2)
+# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY!
+# See LICENSE.txt for details.
+
+if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME)
+    set(SPHINX_THEME better)
+endif()
+
+if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME_DIR)
+   set(SPHINX_THEME_DIR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/theme")
+endif()
+
+set(ADMIN_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/admin-manual")
+set(ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/admin-manual")
+set(HELP_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/help-manual")
+set(HELP_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/help-manual")
+
+
+# configured documentation tools and intermediate build results
+set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-admin")
+set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-help")
+
+# Sphinx cache with pickled ReST documents
+set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-admin")
+set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-help")
+
+# HTML output directory
+set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN "${ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT}/html")
+set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP "${HELP_MANUAL_OUT}/html")
+
+configure_file(
+    "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in"
+    "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}/conf.py"
+    @ONLY)
+
+configure_file(
+    "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in"
+    "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}/conf.py"
+    @ONLY)
+
+add_custom_target(admin_manual ALL
+    ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE}
+        -q -b html
+        -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}"
+        -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN}"
+        "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}"
+        "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN}"
+        COMMENT "Building HTML Admin documentation with Sphinx")
+
+add_custom_target(help_manual ALL
+    ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE}
+        -q -b html
+        -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}"
+        -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP}"
+        "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}"
+        "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP}"
+        COMMENT "Building HTML Help with Sphinx")
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/README.txt	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+TrustBridge documentation
+=========================
+
+The TrustBridge documentation should be build automatically by the
+default target in cmake if sphinx is found.
+
+Requirements on ubuntu 14.4:
+python-sphinx
+
+How to build TrustBridge documentation manually
+===============================================
+
+The TrustBridge documentation based on Sphinx <http://sphinx-doc.org/>.
+Please install the requirements before you build the documentation.
+
+  $ virtualenv .venv
+  $ . .venv/bin/activate
+  (.venv) pip install -r requirements.txt
+
+
+Build TrustBridge help pages:
+  (.venv) cd help-manual
+  (.venv) make html
+
+  => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html
+
+
+Build TrustBridge Admin help pages:
+  (.venv) cd admin-manual
+  (.venv) make html
+
+  => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/Makefile	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# Makefile for Sphinx documentation
+#
+
+# You can set these variables from the command line.
+SPHINXOPTS    =
+SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
+PAPER         =
+BUILDDIR      = _build
+
+# Internal variables.
+PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
+PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
+ALLSPHINXOPTS   = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
+I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+
+.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext
+
+help:
+	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
+	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
+	@echo "  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories"
+	@echo "  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file"
+	@echo "  pickle     to make pickle files"
+	@echo "  json       to make JSON files"
+	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
+	@echo "  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project"
+	@echo "  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project"
+	@echo "  epub       to make an epub"
+	@echo "  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter"
+	@echo "  latexpdf   to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex"
+	@echo "  text       to make text files"
+	@echo "  man        to make manual pages"
+	@echo "  texinfo    to make Texinfo files"
+	@echo "  info       to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo"
+	@echo "  gettext    to make PO message catalogs"
+	@echo "  changes    to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items"
+	@echo "  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity"
+	@echo "  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)"
+
+clean:
+	-rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/*
+
+html:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
+
+dirhtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml."
+
+singlehtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml."
+
+pickle:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files."
+
+json:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files."
+
+htmlhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \
+	      ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp."
+
+qthelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \
+	      ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:"
+	@echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp"
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc"
+
+devhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished."
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
+	@echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
+	@echo "# devhelp"
+
+epub:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub."
+
+latex:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \
+	      "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)."
+
+latexpdf:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..."
+	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf
+	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+
+text:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text."
+
+man:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man."
+
+texinfo:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \
+	      "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)."
+
+info:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..."
+	make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info
+	@echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+
+gettext:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale."
+
+changes:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes
+	@echo
+	@echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes."
+
+linkcheck:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck
+	@echo
+	@echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \
+	      "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt."
+
+doctest:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest
+	@echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \
+	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt."
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/_static/extra-style.css	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+.figure img {
+    border: 1px solid lightgrey;
+    margin-bottom: 10px;
+    padding: 4px;
+}
+.figure .caption {
+    margin-top: 0px;
+    margin-bottom: 20px;
+}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/_templates/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+{#
+    basic/searchbox.html
+    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+    Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box.
+
+    :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS.
+    :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details.
+#}
+{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %}
+<div id="searchbox" style="display: none">
+  <h3>Suche</h3>
+    <form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
+      <input type="text" name="q" />
+      <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Go') }}" />
+      <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
+      <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
+    </form>
+</div>
+<p></p>
+<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
+{%- endif %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/bedienung.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Die grafische Oberfläche
+========================
+
+
+Die **TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung** ...
+
+TODO: Screenshot
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/conf.py	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+import sys, os
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
+
+# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
+# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
+#extensions = ['']
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# The suffix of source filenames.
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+copyright = u'2014, BSI'
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = '1.0'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = '1.0'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+language = 'de'
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#today = ''
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+exclude_patterns = ['_build']
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
+#default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+#modindex_common_prefix = []
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+from better import better_theme_path
+html_theme_path = [better_theme_path]
+html_theme = 'better'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+html_theme_options = {
+    'linktotheme': False,
+    'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'],
+}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+#html_theme_path = []
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
+# "<project> v<release> documentation".
+html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+html_short_title = 'Home'
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
+# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = ['_static']
+
+# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
+# using the given strftime format.
+#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+html_sidebars = {
+    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
+}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#html_show_sourcelink = True
+
+# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+html_show_sphinx = False
+
+# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#html_show_copyright = True
+
+# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
+# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
+# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
+#html_use_opensearch = ''
+
+# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
+#html_file_suffix = None
+
+# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
+# htmlhelp_basename = ''
+
+
+# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
+
+latex_elements = {
+# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
+'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
+
+# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
+'pointsize': '11pt',
+
+# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
+'preamble': 
+   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
+   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
+   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
+   '',
+
+'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
+'fncychap' : '',
+
+'maketitle': 
+  # Titelseite
+  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
+  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
+  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
+  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
+  '} '\
+  '',
+}
+
+# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
+latex_documents = [
+  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung',
+   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
+]
+
+latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
+# the title page.
+#latex_logo = None
+
+# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
+# not chapters.
+latex_use_parts = False
+
+# If true, show page references after internal links.
+#latex_show_pagerefs = False
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#latex_show_urls = False
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#latex_appendices = []
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#latex_domain_indices = True
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/conf.py.in	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+import sys, os
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
+
+# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
+# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
+#extensions = ['']
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# The suffix of source filenames.
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+copyright = u'2014, BSI'
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+language = 'de'
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#today = ''
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+exclude_patterns = ['_build']
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
+#default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+#modindex_common_prefix = []
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@']
+html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+html_theme_options = {
+    'linktotheme': False,
+    'cssfiles': ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'],
+}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+#html_theme_path = []
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
+# "<project> v<release> documentation".
+html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+html_short_title = 'Home'
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
+# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static']
+
+# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
+# using the given strftime format.
+#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+html_sidebars = {
+    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
+}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#html_show_sourcelink = True
+
+# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+html_show_sphinx = False
+
+# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#html_show_copyright = True
+
+# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
+# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
+# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
+#html_use_opensearch = ''
+
+# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
+#html_file_suffix = None
+
+# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
+# htmlhelp_basename = ''
+
+
+# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
+
+latex_elements = {
+# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
+'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
+
+# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
+'pointsize': '11pt',
+
+# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
+'preamble': 
+   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
+   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
+   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
+   '',
+
+'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
+'fncychap' : '',
+
+'maketitle': 
+  # Titelseite
+  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
+  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
+  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
+  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
+  '} '\
+  '',
+}
+
+# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
+latex_documents = [
+  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung',
+   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
+]
+
+latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
+# the title page.
+#latex_logo = None
+
+# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
+# not chapters.
+latex_use_parts = False
+
+# If true, show page references after internal links.
+#latex_show_pagerefs = False
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#latex_show_urls = False
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#latex_appendices = []
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#latex_domain_indices = True
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/index.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Was ist TrustBridge?
+====================
+
+TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
+Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_ für die Verbreitung
+von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten.
+
+TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine
+X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI)
+einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. TrustBridge verteilt
+Wurzelzertifikate, welche von den Betriebssystemen und Webbrowsern
+nicht mitgeliefert werden. Existierende Zertifikate, die korrumpiert
+oder missbraucht wurden, können von TrustBridge über eine
+Deinstallations-Empfehlung entfernt werden.  Dabei ist unerheblich, ob
+die Zertifikate auf der Anwenderebene vorher bereits installiert
+waren.
+
+**Wurzelzertifikate** (auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis
+einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des
+Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für
+verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über
+unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet.
+
+Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für
+alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine
+Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren
+Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den
+ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate
+sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard
+beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS)
+oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist
+die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard.
+
+
+Über diese Hilfe
+================
+Diese Hilfe unterstützt Sie bei der Bedienung der
+TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung und gibt Hinweise zum Betrieb des
+Download-Servers. Die Hilfeseiten im Überblick:
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
+
+   installation
+   bedienung
+
+
+Impressum
+=========
+
+Copyright 2014 Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
+Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_.
+
+TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH
+<http://www.intevation.de>`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH
+<http://www.dn-systems.com>`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag vom BSI.
+
+Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0
+<http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/>`_ lizensiert.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/admin/installation.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Installation
+============
+
+Die TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung läuft unter Windows und GNU/Linux.
+Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und Ubuntu 14.04
+(jeweils 64 Bit).
+
+
+TODO: Systemvoraussetzung, Windows, Ubuntu
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/Makefile	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# Makefile for Sphinx documentation
+#
+
+# You can set these variables from the command line.
+SPHINXOPTS    =
+SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
+PAPER         =
+BUILDDIR      = _build
+
+# Internal variables.
+PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
+PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
+ALLSPHINXOPTS   = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
+I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+
+.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext
+
+help:
+	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
+	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
+	@echo "  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories"
+	@echo "  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file"
+	@echo "  pickle     to make pickle files"
+	@echo "  json       to make JSON files"
+	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
+	@echo "  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project"
+	@echo "  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project"
+	@echo "  epub       to make an epub"
+	@echo "  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter"
+	@echo "  latexpdf   to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex"
+	@echo "  text       to make text files"
+	@echo "  man        to make manual pages"
+	@echo "  texinfo    to make Texinfo files"
+	@echo "  info       to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo"
+	@echo "  gettext    to make PO message catalogs"
+	@echo "  changes    to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items"
+	@echo "  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity"
+	@echo "  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)"
+
+clean:
+	-rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/*
+
+html:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
+
+dirhtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml."
+
+singlehtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml."
+
+pickle:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files."
+
+json:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files."
+
+htmlhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \
+	      ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp."
+
+qthelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \
+	      ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:"
+	@echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp"
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc"
+
+devhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished."
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
+	@echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
+	@echo "# devhelp"
+
+epub:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub."
+
+latex:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \
+	      "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)."
+
+latexpdf:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..."
+	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf
+	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+
+text:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text."
+
+man:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man."
+
+texinfo:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \
+	      "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)."
+
+info:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..."
+	make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info
+	@echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+
+gettext:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale."
+
+changes:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes
+	@echo
+	@echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes."
+
+linkcheck:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck
+	@echo
+	@echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \
+	      "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt."
+
+doctest:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest
+	@echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \
+	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt."
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/bsi-logo.png has changed
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/_static/extra-style.css	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.figure img {
+    border: 1px solid lightgrey;
+    margin-bottom: 10px;
+    padding: 4px;
+}
+.figure .caption {
+    margin-top: 0px;
+    margin-bottom: 20px;
+}
+tt {
+    font-size: 1.1em;
+    background-color: transparent;
+}
+#pageheader img {
+    float: left;
+    margin-right: 10px;
+}
+#pageheader h1 {
+    margin: 5px;
+    padding: 15px;
+}
+#breadcrumbs {
+    display: none;
+}
+.related.top #rellinks {
+    margin-top: -25px;
+}
+#pagefooter {
+    padding-bottom: 0 !important;
+}
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/nsis-installer.png has changed
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png has changed
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/stores.png has changed
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png has changed
Binary file doc/help/client/_static/trustbridge-logo.png has changed
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/_templates/layout.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+{% extends '!layout.html' %}
+
+{%- block header %}
+  {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %}
+    <header id="pageheader">
+        <a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }} "><img src="_static/trustbridge-logo.png"><h1>{{ docstitle }}</h1></a>
+    </header>
+  {%- endif %}
+{%- endblock %}
+
+
+{% block footer %}
+  <footer id="pagefooter">
+    &copy; 2014, BSI | TrustBridge {{version}}<br>
+    <img src="_static/bsi-logo.png">
+  </footer>
+{% endblock %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/_templates/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+{#
+    basic/searchbox.html
+    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+    Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box.
+
+    :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS.
+    :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details.
+#}
+{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %}
+<div id="searchbox" style="display: none">
+  <h3>Suche</h3>
+    <form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
+      <input type="text" name="q" />
+      <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Go') }}" />
+      <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
+      <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
+    </form>
+</div>
+<p></p>
+<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
+{%- endif %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/arbeitsweise.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+============
+Arbeitsweise
+============
+
+TrustBridge holt sich regelmäßig über das Internet 
+neue Vorschlagslisten per HTTPS. Die anzufragenden URLs sind 
+fest in der Anwendung eingebrannt, wie auch Zertifikate, um
+zu prüfen, dass es sich wirklich um den echten Server handelt.
+
+ZUTUN
+
+
+Wurzelzertifikate
+=================
+(auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis
+einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des
+Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für
+verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über
+unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet.
+
+Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für
+alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine
+Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren
+Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den
+ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate
+sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard
+beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS)
+oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist
+die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/bedienung.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+Die grafische Oberfläche
+========================
+
+
+Die **TrustBridge-Oberfläche** gliedert sich in 3 Seiten, die über die
+großen Schaltflächen an der linken Seite aufgerufen werden können:
+
+- **Neue Empfehlungen:** Alle verfügbaren Aktualisierungen und Änderungen werden hier bestätigt und installiert.
+- **Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Installation vorgeschlagen hat.
+- **Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation empfohlen hat.
+
+.. figure:: _static/trustbridge-gui_win.png
+   :alt: Die TrustBridge-Oberfläche unter Windows bei verfügbaren Zertifikatsänderungen
+   :width: 100%
+
+
+Seite "Neue Empfehlungen"
+-------------------------
+
+Neue Zertifikatsänderungen schreiben:
+.....................................
+Sind neue Zertifikatsaktualisierungen vom BSI verfügbar, werden Sie
+über die empfohlenen Änderungen auf dieser Seite informiert. Im Titel
+finden Sie die Gesamtanzahl der vorgeschlagenen Zertifikatsänderungen.
+Über den Button *[Änderungen schreiben]* können Sie diese Änderungen
+vollständig übernehmen.
+
+Details zu den empfohlenen Zertifikaten (wie z.B. Zertifikatsinhaber,
+Gültigkeit, Fingerabdruck) lassen sich im unteren Teil der Seite über
+die beiden Gruppierungen mittels der *[Details]* Button einblenden:
+
+* Neue, empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate installieren (n/n)
+* Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate entfernen (n/n)
+
+An dieser Stelle haben Sie die Möglichkeit (*vor* dem Schreiben der
+Änderungen) ausgewählte Zertifikate "abzuwählen". Dadurch werden diese
+Zertifikate *nicht* installiert bzw. entfernt.  Solche
+Abwahlentscheidungen können Sie später jederzeit wieder auf den Seiten
+"Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" und "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate"
+korrigieren.
+
+Suche nach Aktualisierungen:
+............................
+Beim Start der Anwendung wird automatisch nach neuen Aktualisierungen
+(Software und Zertifikaten) gesucht. Über den Button *[Aktualisieren]*
+kann diese Suche auch manuell angestoßen werden. Der letzte
+Suchzeitpunkt wird daneben angezeigt.
+
+Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben:
+...................................
+Sind alle Zertifikatsänderungen eingespielt und liegen keine
+Änderungen vor, können alle von TrustBridge verwalteten Zertifikate
+noch einmal installiert werden. Dafür muss auf den Button
+*[Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben]* geklickt werden.  Hilfreich
+könnte diese Funktion sein, wenn seit der letzten Aktualisierung durch
+TrustBridge im Zertifikatsspeicher *manuell* Zertifikate geändert
+wurden. Um den durch TrustBridge empfohlenen Stand wiederherzustellen,
+klickt man einmal auf o.g. Schaltfläche.
+
+
+Seite "Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate"
+------------------------------------
+Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge aktuell zur Installation
+vorgeschlagen hat, sind auf dieser Seite einsehbar. Jedes Zertifikat
+kann einzeln "abgewählt" werden, d.h. es wird mit der nächsten
+*[Änderungen schreiben]*-Aktion entfernt.  Bereits "abgewählte"
+Zertifikate können analog so zur Installation markiert werden.
+
+Jede manuelle Änderung, die Sie hier vornehmen, wird auf der Seite
+"Neue Empfehlungen" aufgelistet. Die Anzahl der "abweichend zu
+behandelnden Wurzelzertifikate" wird auch auf der Schaltfläche "Neue
+Empfehlungen" im roten Kreis angezeigt.
+
+**Achtung:** TrustBridge zeigt *nicht* den tatsächlichen
+Installationszustand eines Zertifikats im Zertifikatsspeicher an.
+TrustBridge selbst kann nur ausgewählte Zertifikate in alle
+Zertifikatsspeicher "einspielen".  Eine Kontrolle, dass in der
+Zwischenzeit diese Zertifikate nicht verändert wurden, kann
+TrustBridge nicht geben.
+
+
+Seite "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate"
+------------------------------------
+Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation
+vorgeschlagen hat, werden auf dieser Seite aufgelistet.  Bereits
+deinstallierte Zertifikate lassen sich mit TrustBridge nicht mehr
+installieren.
+
+Sollten Sie Zertifikate bei der Aktualisierung "zurückgehalten" haben,
+d.h. noch nicht zur Deinstallation freigegeben haben, können Sie das
+Zertifikat über das Auswahlfeld zur Deinstallation markieren.  Damit
+das Zertifikat endgültig aus allen Zertifikatsspeichern gelöscht wird
+müssen Sie anschließend den *[Änderungen schreiben]*-Button auf der
+Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" bestätigen.
+
+
+Seite "Information und Hilfe"
+-----------------------------
+Neben der Erwähnung von Herstellers und Lizenz von TrustBridge finden
+Sie hier die Möglichkeit:
+
+* diese TrustBridge-Hilfe zu starten und
+* die Proxy-Server-Einstellungen vorzunehmen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/conf.py	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+import sys, os
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
+
+# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
+# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
+#extensions = ['']
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# The suffix of source filenames.
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+#copyright = u''
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = '1.0'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = '1.0'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+language = 'de'
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#today = ''
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+exclude_patterns = ['_build']
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
+#default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+#modindex_common_prefix = []
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+from better import better_theme_path
+html_theme_path = [better_theme_path]
+html_theme = 'better'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+html_theme_options = {
+    'linktotheme': False,
+    'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'],
+}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+#html_theme_path = []
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
+# "<project> v<release> documentation".
+html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+#html_short_title = 'Home'
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
+# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = ['_static']
+
+# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
+# using the given strftime format.
+#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+html_sidebars = {
+    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
+}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#html_show_sourcelink = True
+
+# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+html_show_sphinx = False
+
+# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#html_show_copyright = True
+
+# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
+# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
+# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
+#html_use_opensearch = ''
+
+# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
+#html_file_suffix = None
+
+# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
+# htmlhelp_basename = ''
+
+
+# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
+
+latex_elements = {
+# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
+'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
+
+# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
+'pointsize': '11pt',
+
+# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
+'preamble': 
+   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
+   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
+   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
+   '',
+
+'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
+'fncychap' : '',
+
+'maketitle': 
+  # Titelseite
+  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
+  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
+  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
+  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
+  '} '\
+  '',
+}
+
+# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
+latex_documents = [
+  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe',
+   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
+]
+
+latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
+# the title page.
+#latex_logo = None
+
+# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
+# not chapters.
+latex_use_parts = False
+
+# If true, show page references after internal links.
+#latex_show_pagerefs = False
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#latex_show_urls = False
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#latex_appendices = []
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#latex_domain_indices = True
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/conf.py.in	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+import sys, os
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
+
+# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
+# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
+#extensions = ['']
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# The suffix of source filenames.
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+copyright = u'2014, BSI'
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+language = 'de'
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#today = ''
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+exclude_patterns = ['_build']
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
+#default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+#modindex_common_prefix = []
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@']
+html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+html_theme_options = {
+    'linktotheme': False,
+    'cssfiles': ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'],
+}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+#html_theme_path = []
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
+# "<project> v<release> documentation".
+html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+html_short_title = 'Home'
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
+# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static']
+
+# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
+# using the given strftime format.
+#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+html_sidebars = {
+    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
+}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#html_show_sourcelink = True
+
+# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+html_show_sphinx = False
+
+# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#html_show_copyright = True
+
+# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
+# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
+# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
+#html_use_opensearch = ''
+
+# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
+#html_file_suffix = None
+
+# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
+# htmlhelp_basename = ''
+
+
+# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
+
+latex_elements = {
+# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
+'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
+
+# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
+'pointsize': '11pt',
+
+# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
+'preamble': 
+   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
+   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
+   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
+   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
+   '',
+
+'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
+'fncychap' : '',
+
+'maketitle': 
+  # Titelseite
+  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
+  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
+  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
+  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
+  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
+  '} '\
+  '',
+}
+
+# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
+latex_documents = [
+  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe',
+   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
+]
+
+latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
+# the title page.
+#latex_logo = None
+
+# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
+# not chapters.
+latex_use_parts = False
+
+# If true, show page references after internal links.
+#latex_show_pagerefs = False
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#latex_show_urls = False
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#latex_appendices = []
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#latex_domain_indices = True
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/index.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+==================
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
+
+   installation
+   bedienung
+   arbeitsweise
+   techn-referenz
+
+
+Was ist TrustBridge?
+====================
+TrustBridge erleichtert Ihnen das Einpflegen von Wurzelzertifikaten
+zur Absicherung von Kommunikation durch Verschlüsselung und Signaturen. 
+Dazu holt sich TrustBridge regelmäßig die Wurzelzertifikate, 
+welche von einer zentralen Stelle vorgeschlagen werden und bietet
+Sie Ihnen zum Einfügen in den Zertifikatspeicher Ihres Rechners an.
+
+Über TrustBridge werden üblicherweise nur Zertifikate verteilt,
+welche von Ihrem Betriebssystem nicht mitgeliefert werden. Sie können sich
+dafür entscheiden nur einen Teil der Wurzelzertifikate zu übernehmen.
+TrustBridge respektiert Ihre bisherigen Wurzelzertifikatsentscheidungen.
+
+Wenn ein früher vorschlagenes Wurzelzertifikat lange in Benutzung war 
+oder ein Problem damit bekannt wurde, empfiehlt TrustBridge 
+es wieder zu entfernen. Auch für diese Änderung holt sich TrustBridge
+erst Ihre Erlaubnis. 
+
+Wurzelzertifikate verwalten den Zugang zu Ihren Daten.
+Verwenden Sie TrustBridge deshalb nur, wenn Sie der Organisation 
+vertrauen von der Sie die Software erhalten 
+und welche die Wurzelzertifikatsvorschläge pflegt. 
+
+TrustBridge arbeitet im Hintergrund und meldet sich
+bei Ihnen, wenn es etwas Neues gibt.
+
+TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
+Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_ für die Verbreitung
+von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten.
+
+TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine
+X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI)
+einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. 
+
+
+
+Impressum
+=========
+
+Ausgabe 2014, Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
+Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_.
+
+TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH
+<http://www.intevation.de>`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH
+<http://www.dn-systems.com>`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag des BSIs.
+
+Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0
+<http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/>`_ lizensiert.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/installation.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+Installation
+============
+
+TrustBridge bietet Installationspakete für die Plattformen Windows und GNU/Linux.
+Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und 8 sowie Ubuntu 14.04
+(jeweils 32 und 64 Bit).
+
+TrustBridge greift auf zwei gängige `Zertifikatsspeicher <konzept.html#zertifikatsspeicher>`_ zu, den Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher und den Mozilla-NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher.
+Folgende Anwendungen nutzen diese Zertifikatsspeicher und werden von TrustBridge unterstützt:
+
+* Mozilla Firefox
+* Mozilla Thunderbird
+* Google Chrome / Chromium
+* MS Internet Explorer
+* MS Outlook
+
+
+Windows
+-------
+Nach dem Start des Installationsassistenten TrustBridge-|version|.exe folgt ein
+Begrüßungsdialog:
+
+.. figure:: _static/nsis-installer.png
+   :alt: Installationsassistent unter Windows
+
+Der Installationsdatei ist mit einem Code-Signing-Zertifikat signiert.
+
+Sie können TrustBridge **systemweit** (benötigt Administrator-Rechte) oder
+**lokal** (nur für den aktuellen Nutzer) installieren.
+
+Sobald Sie den TrustBridge-Installer mit Administrator-Rechten ausführen (z.B.
+als eingeloggter Admin) wird die Anwendung immer systemweit installiert. Das
+bedeutet, dass jeder Nutzer auf dem System später die von TrustBridge
+installierten Zertifikate nutzen kann. Der Administrator ist zuständig für die
+regelmäßige Prüfung nach Aktualisierung von Software und Zertifikaten.
+
+Eine lokale Installation ermöglicht es Nutzern ohne Administrator-Rechte
+TrustBridge selbständig zu installieren. Die Zertifikate werden dann später nur im
+Zertifikatsspeicher des Nutzers abgelegt.
+
+Für die **Deinstallation** von TrustBridge gehen Sie über den üblichen Weg
+der Windows-Systemsteuerung ("Programme deinstallieren") und folgen Sie den
+Anweisungen des Deinstallationsassistenten.
+
+
+Ubuntu
+------
+Für die Installation von TrustBridge unter Ubuntu wird ein interaktives Installationsskript
+für die Kommandozeile angeboten - jeweils ein Script für 32 und 64 Bit-Systeme.
+
+Führen Sie das Skript ohne Option aus, um TrustBridge **lokal** in Ihrem Home-Verzeichnis zu installieren
+(standardmäßig unter ``/home/NUTZERNAME/TrustBridge/``).
+
+Für 64-Bit-Systeme:
+
+.. parsed-literal::
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh
+
+Für 32-Bit-Syteme:
+
+.. parsed-literal::
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh
+
+
+Sollten Sie eine **systemweite Installation** wünschen, nutzen Sie die Option ``-s``:
+
+.. parsed-literal::
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -s  # für 64-Bit
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -s   # für 32-Bit
+
+
+Zur **Deinstallation** der Anwendung (mit allen Zertifikaten) steht Ihnen die Option ``-d`` zur Verfügung:
+
+.. parsed-literal::
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -d  # für 64-Bit
+    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -d   # für 32-Bit
+
+
+Eine Hilfe zu den verfügbaren Kommandozeilenoptionen bietet Ihnen ``--help``.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/client/techn-referenz.rst	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+===================
+Technische Referenz
+===================
+
+
+Welche Zertifikatsspeicher werden verwendet?
+============================================
+
+Damit Zertifikaten in Anwendungen (wie z.B. Browser oder E-Mail-Klient)
+vertraut werden kann, müssen die zugehörigen Wurzelzertifikate in den passenden
+Zertifikatsspeichern des Systems installiert werden.
+TrustBridge übernimmt diesen Zugriff auf die Zertifikatsspeicher.
+
+Es gibt zwei gängige Zertifikatsspeicher, die von TrustBridge und den meisten
+Anwendungen unterstützt werden:
+
+* der Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher ("Network Security Services") und 
+* der Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher.
+
+
+Chrome bzw. Chromium verwendet unter Windows den Windows-System-Speicher und unter
+Ubuntu den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. Die nachfolgende Abbildung veranschaulicht 
+die verwendeten Zertifikatsspeicher unter Windows und GNU/Linux.
+
+.. figure:: _static/stores.png
+   :width: 100%
+   :alt: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher
+
+   *Abbildung 1: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher*
+
+Windows-Zertifikatsspeicher
+---------------------------
+
+Der Windows 7 und 8 Zertifikatsspeicher kann in drei große Gruppen aufgeteilt werden:
+
+#. Zertifikate des aktuellen Benutzers
+#. Zertifikate für alle Benutzer (Lokaler Computer)
+#. Zertifikate für Systemdienste
+
+Diese Gruppen unterteilen sich wieder in eine Reihe von logischen Speichern.
+
+Für die Installation von vertrauenswürdigen Wurzelzertifikaten ist der
+logische *Root*-Speicher relevant. Nur dort eingetragene Zertifikate
+werden als *Trust Anchor* (Vertrauensanker) angesehen und zur
+Validierung des Vertrauenspfads zu den weiteren Zertifikaten
+verwendet.
+
+Der logische *Disallowed*-Speicher hat immer Vorrang. Befindet sich ein Zertifikat
+sowohl im *Root* als auch im *Disallowed*-Speicher, gilt es als nicht vertrauenswürdig.
+
+
+**Einschränkungen:** 
+Um unbefugte Manipulationen am Zertifikatsspeicher zu verhindern, werden von Microsoft
+seit Windows XP SP2 folgende Schutzmaßnahmen vorgesehen:
+
+#. Um Zertifikate für alle Benutzer des lokalen Computers zu
+   bearbeiten, sind erhöhte Privilegien (Administrationsrechte)
+   erforderlich.
+#. Änderungen (Löschen / Hinzufügen von Zertifikaten) am
+   *Root*-Speicher des aktuellen Nutzers erfordern die explizite
+   Einwilligung des Nutzers (siehe nachfolgende Abbildung), sofern der
+   Prozess keine erhöhten Privilegien besitzt.
+
+
+.. figure:: _static/sicherheitswarnung.png
+   :alt: Windows-Sicherheitswarnung 
+
+   *Abbildung 2: Sicherheitswarnung beim Hinzufügen eines Wurzelzertifikats ohne Administrator-Rechte*
+
+
+
+Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher
+-------------------------------
+Die Mozilla-Anwendungen Thunderbird und Firefox, sowie Chromium unter
+Ubuntu, verwenden die Mozilla "Network Security
+Services" (NSS) Zertifikatsspeicher. 
+
+Mozilla liefert den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher mit einer Auswahl von
+voreingesetllten vertrauenswürdigen bzw. nicht
+vertrauenswürdigen Zertifikaten aus.
+
+**Einschränkungen:**
+
+* Anwendungen, die den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher verwenden, sollten vor dem Zugriff geschlossen
+  werden.
+* Um den NSS-Speicher anderer Nutzer zu manipulieren, sind erhöhte Rechte nötig.
+* Um den NSS-Standard für neue Profile vorzugeben, sind abhängig vom Installationsort 
+  ggf. erhöhte Rechte nötig.
+
+
+
+Wie wird der Transport abgesichert?
+===================================
+TrustBridge sucht regelmäßig (alle 24 Stunden) auf dem offiziellen TrustBridge-Update-Server
+nach aktualisierten Zertifikatslisten und neuen Softwareversionen. 
+
+Sämtliche Transportprozesse sind kryptografisch nach aktuellem Stand
+der Technik gegen unbefugte Manipulationen (Authentizität und
+Integrität) gesichert. Es gibt drei Transportwege, die abgesichert
+werden müssen:
+
+#. Verfügbarkeit von Aktualisierungen prüfen:
+   Die regelmäßige Übertragung der Information, ob neue Aktualisierungen
+   von Zertifikatsliste oder Software verfügbar sind, wird über eine
+   HTTPS-Verbindung per TLS 1.2 (mit ECDSA brainpoolP256r1) durchgeführt.
+#. Zertifikatslisten-Update durchführen:
+   Ist eine neue Zertifikatsliste verfügbar, wird die ganze Liste
+   gebündelt übertragen. Die Zertifikatslistendatei ist signiert (RSA 3076). 
+   Vor einem Zertifikatslisten-Update wird sichergestellt, dass TrustBridge bereits in der
+   neusten Version installiert ist.
+#. Software-Update durchführen:
+   Ist eine neue TrustBridge-Version verfügbar, kann diese mit einem
+   Klick auf eine entsprechende Meldung heruntergeladen und installiert
+   werden. Es wird eine vollständige TrustBridge-Installationsdatei übertragen 
+   und im Hintergrund ausgeführt. Jede Software-Installationsdatei ist signiert.
+   Bei Fehlschlagen der Signaturprüfung (z.B. durch fehlerhaftes
+   Herunterladen) wird TrustBridge nicht aktualisiert. 
+
+
+
+Wie sieht das Datenformat einer Zertifikatsliste aus?
+=====================================================
+
+Die Zertifikatsliste ist eine einzelne Text-Datei, welche von der
+TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung erzeugt wird. Diese Datei enthält
+alle benötigten Informationen und basiert auf einer zeilenbasierten
+Textformat. Dabei bleibt die Struktur für Menschen lesbar und die
+meisten Inhalte können mit Standardwerkzeugen sowohl de- als auch
+enkodiert werden.
+
+In der ersten Zeile der Datei ist die Base64-kodierte, kryptografische
+Signatur über alle folgenden Zeilen (inklusive der Zeilenenden)
+angegeben. So wird die Integrität und Authentizität dieser Daten vor
+der Verarbeitung gesichert.
+
+Einzelne Zeilen haben das Format ``<Buchstabe>:<Wert><CR><LF>``, wobei
+der Buchstabe angibt, welche Art von Wert folgt. Die Länge der Zeilen
+ist (für Version 1) auf 9999 Zeichen begrenzt, inklusive der beiden
+Zeichen für Zeilenenden.  Die Anzahl der Zeilen ist auf 1000
+beschränkt, was einer Dateigröße von maximal 10 Megabyte entspricht.
+(In der Praxis wird die Dateigröße aber deutlich unter 100 Kilobyte
+liegen.) Der Text wird in 7Bit-ASCII kodiert.
+
+Die Zertifikate selbst werden als Base64- und DER-kodierte Daten
+aufgeführt. Dies entspricht dem Inhalt gängiger .pem-Dateien - jedoch
+ohne den umschließenden BEGIN CERTIFICATE und END CERTIFICATE sowie
+ohne den Zeilenumbrüchen.
+
+Jede Zeile muss mit einem der folgenden gültigen Buchstaben beginnen:
+
+* ``S:`` Die Signatur der Zertifikatsliste.
+* ``F:`` Format-Version
+* ``D:`` Zeitpunkt der Listenerstellen (UTC)
+* ``I:`` Zu installierendes Zertifikat
+* ``R:`` Zu entfernendes Zertifikat
+
+
+Im Folgenden ein Beispiel für den Aufbau der Zertifikatslisten-Datei
+mit zwei zu installierenden Zertifikaten und einem zu löschenden
+Zertifikat. Die Signatur- und Zertifikatszeilen sind, aus Gründen der
+Übersichtlichkeit, in diesem Beispiel gekürzt:
+
+.. parsed-literal::
+    S:EjzX0sTkstnnGbPIC7n1a5WlYCFsthPl8OYplLyihR1RdqcUsSnikrVowFo8QgpMutcz0...
+    F:1
+    D:2014-01-03T12:30Z
+    I:MIIEiTCCA3GgAwIBAgIDAWn+MA0GCSqGSIb3DQBQUAMEAxCzAJBVBAYTAlVTMRcwFQYDV...
+    I:MIIHojCCBoqgAwIBAgIDAW96MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAGMMQswCDVQQGEwJJTDEWMBQGA...
+    R:MIIGUjCCBTqgAwIBAgIODocAAQACqS54FrSbGvYwDQKoZIhvcNAQBQAwfDELMAkGA1UEB...
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/requirements.txt	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Sphinx
+sphinx-better-theme
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/__init__.py	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+import os
+better_theme_path = os.path.split(os.path.dirname(__file__))[0]
+__version__ = '0.1.5'
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/layout.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+{%- extends "basic/layout.html" %}
+{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_top with context %}
+{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_bottom with context %}
+
+{#- ### head ### -#}
+
+{%- block extrahead %}
+
+  {#- make mobile reasonable #}
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1">
+
+  {%- for css_file in theme_cssfiles %}
+    {%- if css_file.startswith('http') %}
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="{{ css_file }}" type="text/css" />
+    {%- else %}
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="{{ pathto(css_file, 1) }}" type="text/css" />
+    {%- endif %}
+  {%- endfor %}
+
+  {%- for js_file in theme_scriptfiles %}
+    <script src="{{ pathto(js_file, 1) }}" type="text/javascript"></script>
+  {%- endfor %}
+
+  {%- if theme_inlinecss %}
+    <style type="text/css">{{ theme_inlinecss|safe }}</style>
+  {%- endif %}
+
+  {%- block userhead %}
+  {%- endblock %}
+{%- endblock %}
+
+{#- ### content ### -#}
+
+{%- block header %}
+  {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %}
+    <header id="pageheader"><h1><a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }} ">
+        {{ docstitle }}
+    </a></h1></header>
+  {%- endif %}
+{%- endblock %}
+
+{%- block relbar1 -%}{{ relbar_top() }}{%- endblock -%}
+{%- block relbar2 -%}{{ relbar_bottom() }}{%- endblock -%}
+
+{%- block footer %}
+  <footer id="pagefooter">
+
+    {%- if show_copyright %}
+      {%- if hasdoc('copyright') %}
+        {% trans path=pathto('copyright'), copyright=copyright|e %}
+          <a href="{{ path }}">&copy; {{ copyright }} </a>.
+        {% endtrans %}
+      {%- else %}
+        {%- trans copyright=copyright|e -%}
+          &copy; {{ copyright }}.
+        {%- endtrans %}
+      {%- endif %}
+    {%- endif %}
+
+    {%- if last_updated %}
+      {%- trans last_updated=last_updated|e -%}
+        Last updated on {{ last_updated }}.
+      {%- endtrans %}
+    {%- endif %}
+
+    {%- if show_sphinx %}
+      Created using <a href="http://sphinx-doc.org/">Sphinx</a>
+      {{ sphinx_version }}
+      {%- if theme_linktotheme|tobool %}
+        with the <a href="http://github.com/irskep/sphinx-better-theme">
+          better</a> theme
+      {%- endif %}.
+    {%- else %}
+      {%- if theme_linktotheme %}
+        This site uses the
+        <a href="http://github.com/irskep/sphinx-better-theme">
+        &ldquo;better&rdquo;</a>
+        theme for Sphinx.
+      {%- endif %}
+    {%- endif %}
+
+  </footer>
+
+  {% if theme_ga_ua %}
+    <script>
+      (function(i,s,o,g,r,a,m){i['GoogleAnalyticsObject']=r;i[r]=i[r]||function(){
+      (i[r].q=i[r].q||[]).push(arguments)},i[r].l=1*new Date();a=s.createElement(o),
+      m=s.getElementsByTagName(o)[0];a.async=1;a.src=g;m.parentNode.insertBefore(a,m)
+      })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga');
+
+      ga('create', '{{ theme_ga_ua }}', '{{ theme_ga_domain }}');
+      ga('send', 'pageview');
+    </script>
+  {% endif %}
+{%- endblock %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/relbar.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+{%- macro rellink_markup() %}
+  <nav id="rellinks">
+    <ul>
+      {%- if prev %}
+        <li>
+          &larr;
+          <a href="{{ prev.link|e }}" title="Previous document">{{ prev.title }}</a>
+        </li>
+      {%- endif %}
+      {%- if next %}
+        <li>
+          <a href="{{ next.link|e }}" title="Next document">{{ next.title }}</a>
+          &rarr;
+        </li>
+      {%- endif %}
+    </ul>
+  </nav>
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{%- macro breadcrumbs_markup() %}
+  <nav id="breadcrumbs">
+    <ul>
+      {%- block rootrellink %}
+      <li><a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }}">{{ shorttitle|e }}</a></li>
+      {%- endblock %}
+      {%- for parent in parents %}
+      <li>
+        <a href="{{ parent.link|e }}">{{ parent.title }}</a>
+      </li>
+      {%- endfor %}
+      {%- block relbaritems %} {% endblock %}
+    </ul>
+  </nav>
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{%- macro relbar_top() %}
+  {%- if theme_showrelbartop|tobool %}
+  <div class="related top">
+    {{- rellink_markup () }}
+    {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }}
+  </div>
+  {%- endif %}
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{%- macro relbar_bottom() %}
+  {%- if theme_showrelbarbottom|tobool %}
+  <div class="related bottom">
+    {{- rellink_markup () }}
+    {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }}
+  </div>
+  {%- endif %}
+{%- endmacro %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+{%- if pagename != "search" %}
+<form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
+  <input type="text" name="q"
+   placeholder="{{ _('type to search') }}" />
+  {#- I have not been able to make this look good. #}
+  {#- <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Search') }}" /> #}
+  <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
+  <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
+</form>
+<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
+{%- endif %}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/static/better.css_t	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+@import url("better_basic.css");
+
+{% set theme_headtextcolor = theme_headtextcolor or theme_textcolor %}
+{% set theme_footertextcolor = theme_footertextcolor or theme_textcolor %}
+
+/* main styles */
+
+body {
+    font-family: "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;
+    font-size: 100%;
+    color: {{ theme_textcolor }};
+    margin: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    line-height: 135%;
+}
+
+a {
+    color: #008;
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+a:visited {
+    color: #208;
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+a:hover {
+    text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+a.toc-backref {
+    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
+}
+
+p {
+    margin: 1rem 0;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
+    line-height: 135%;
+}
+
+.body .section:first-child > :first-child,
+.sphinxsidebarwrapper > :first-child,
+.sphinxsidebar .search:first-child
+{
+    margin-top: 1rem;
+}
+
+h1 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: bold; }
+h2 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: normal; }
+h3 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: bold; }
+h4 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: normal; }
+h5 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: bold; }
+h6 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: normal; }
+
+/* page-level layout of containers */
+
+header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document {
+    width: 100%;
+    max-width: 60rem;
+    margin: auto;
+}
+
+.documentwrapper {
+    float: left;
+    width: 100%;
+}
+
+.bodywrapper {
+    {% if theme_rightsidebar|tobool -%}
+    margin: 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }} 0 0;
+    {%- else -%}
+    margin: 0 0 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }};
+    {%- endif %}
+}
+
+footer#pagefooter, footer#pagefooter a {
+    color: {{ theme_footertextcolor }};
+}
+
+
+footer#pagefooter {
+    padding-top: 2rem;
+    padding-bottom: 2rem;
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+footer#pagefooter a {
+    text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+/* header styles */
+
+body > header h1 a, body > header h1 a:visited {
+    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
+}
+
+a.headerlink {
+    font-size: 0.8em;
+    padding: 0 4px 0 4px;
+    text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+/* code styles */
+
+pre, tt {
+    background-color: #eee;
+    color: #333;
+}
+
+pre {
+    font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Lucida Console", monospace;
+    margin: 1rem -5px;
+    padding: 5px;
+    border-left: none;
+    border-right: none;
+    font-size: 0.8rem;
+    line-height: 1rem;
+}
+
+tt {
+    padding: 0 1px 0 1px;
+    font-family: Consolas, Monaco, monospace;
+}
+
+/* API doc styles */
+
+dl.function,
+dl.class,
+dl.method,
+dl.attribute,
+dl.data,
+dl.classmethod {
+    margin-bottom: 2rem;
+}
+
+/* relbar */
+
+.related {
+    line-height: 30px;
+    width: 100%;
+    font-size: 0.9rem;
+}
+
+.related.top {
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
+}
+
+.related.bottom {
+    border-top: 1px solid #aaa;
+}
+
+.related ul {
+    padding: 0;
+    margin: 0;
+    list-style: none;
+}
+
+.related li {
+    display: inline;
+}
+
+nav#rellinks {
+    float: right;
+}
+
+nav#rellinks li+li:before {
+    content: "|";
+}
+
+nav#breadcrumbs li+li:before {
+    content: "\00BB";
+}
+
+/* sidebar */
+
+.sphinxsidebarwrapper {
+    padding: 0 1rem 0 0;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar {
+    width: {{ theme_sidebarwidth }};
+    margin-left: -100%;
+    font-size: 0.9rem;
+    {%- if theme_rightsidebar|tobool %}
+    float: right;
+    {%- else %}
+    float: left;
+    {%- endif %}
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar h3 a {
+    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar p.topless {
+    margin: 5px 10px 10px 10px;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar ul {
+    margin: 0;
+    padding: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 1rem;
+    list-style: none;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar ul ul,
+.sphinxsidebar ul.want-points {
+    margin-left: 20px;
+    list-style: square;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar ul ul {
+    margin-top: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 0;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar input {
+    box-sizing: border-box;
+    -moz-box-sizing: border-box;
+    -webkit-box-sizing: border-box;
+    height: 1.5rem;
+    font-size: 0.9rem;
+    margin: 0;
+
+    background-color: white;
+    border: 1px solid #ccc;
+    color: #555;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar .search {
+    margin-top: 2rem;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=text] {
+    {#- width: calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #}
+    {#- width: -webkit-calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #}
+    width: 90%;
+    display: inline-block;
+}
+
+.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=submit] {
+    width: 4rem;
+    display: inline-block;
+}
+
+/* paragraph-level markup */
+
+.admonition p.admonition-title + p {
+    display: inline;
+}
+
+.admonition p {
+    margin-bottom: 5px;
+}
+
+.admonition pre {
+    margin-bottom: 5px;
+}
+
+.admonition ul, .admonition ol {
+    margin-bottom: 5px;
+}
+
+p.admonition-title {
+    display: inline;
+    margin-right: 0;
+}
+
+p.admonition-title:after {
+    content: ":";
+}
+
+.note {
+    background-color: #eee;
+    border: 1px solid #ccc;
+}
+
+.seealso {
+    background-color: #ffc;
+    border: 1px solid #ff6;
+}
+
+.topic {
+    background-color: #eee;
+}
+
+.warning {
+    background-color: #ffe4e4;
+    border: 1px solid #f66;
+}
+
+.warning tt {
+    background: #efc2c2;
+}
+
+.note tt {
+    background: #d6d6d6;
+}
+
+.viewcode-block:target {
+    background-color: #f4debf;
+    border-top: 1px solid #ac9;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #ac9;
+}
+
+/* responsive styles */
+
+@media (max-width: 820px) {
+    /* kill the sidebar */
+    .bodywrapper { margin: 0; }
+    .sphinxsidebar {
+        display: none;
+    }
+    header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document {
+        margin: 0 1rem;
+        width: calc(100% - 2rem);
+        width: -webkit-calc(100% - 2rem);
+    }
+}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+/* basic.css_t from Sphinx project modified for sphinx-better-theme */
+
+/* -- main layout ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+div.clearer {
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+/* -- search page ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ul.search {
+    margin: 10px 0 0 20px;
+    padding: 0;
+}
+
+ul.search li {
+    padding: 5px 0 5px 20px;
+    background-image: url(file.png);
+    background-repeat: no-repeat;
+    background-position: 0 7px;
+}
+
+ul.search li a {
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+ul.search li div.context {
+    color: #888;
+    margin: 2px 0 0 30px;
+    text-align: left;
+}
+
+ul.keywordmatches li.goodmatch a {
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+/* -- index page ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+table.contentstable {
+    width: 90%;
+}
+
+table.contentstable p.biglink {
+    line-height: 150%;
+}
+
+a.biglink {
+    font-size: 1.3em;
+}
+
+span.linkdescr {
+    font-style: italic;
+    padding-top: 5px;
+    font-size: 90%;
+}
+
+/* -- general index --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+table.indextable {
+    width: 100%;
+}
+
+table.indextable td {
+    text-align: left;
+    vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+table.indextable dl, table.indextable dd {
+    margin-top: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 0;
+}
+
+table.indextable tr.pcap {
+    height: 10px;
+}
+
+table.indextable tr.cap {
+    margin-top: 10px;
+    background-color: #f2f2f2;
+}
+
+img.toggler {
+    margin-right: 3px;
+    margin-top: 3px;
+    cursor: pointer;
+}
+
+div.modindex-jumpbox {
+    border-top: 1px solid #ddd;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
+    margin: 1em 0 1em 0;
+    padding: 0.4em;
+}
+
+div.genindex-jumpbox {
+    border-top: 1px solid #ddd;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
+    margin: 1em 0 1em 0;
+    padding: 0.4em;
+}
+
+/* -- general body styles --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+a.headerlink {
+    visibility: hidden;
+}
+
+h1:hover > a.headerlink,
+h2:hover > a.headerlink,
+h3:hover > a.headerlink,
+h4:hover > a.headerlink,
+h5:hover > a.headerlink,
+h6:hover > a.headerlink,
+dt:hover > a.headerlink {
+    visibility: visible;
+}
+
+div.body p.caption {
+    text-align: inherit;
+}
+
+div.body td {
+    text-align: left;
+}
+
+.field-list ul {
+    padding-left: 1em;
+}
+
+.first {
+    margin-top: 0 !important;
+}
+
+p.rubric {
+    margin-top: 30px;
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+img.align-left, .figure.align-left, object.align-left {
+    clear: left;
+    float: left;
+    margin-right: 1em;
+}
+
+img.align-right, .figure.align-right, object.align-right {
+    clear: right;
+    float: right;
+    margin-left: 1em;
+}
+
+img.align-center, .figure.align-center, object.align-center {
+  display: block;
+  margin-left: auto;
+  margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.align-left {
+    text-align: left;
+}
+
+.align-center {
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+.align-right {
+    text-align: right;
+}
+
+/* -- sidebars -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+div.sidebar {
+    margin: 0 0 0.5em 1em;
+    border: 1px solid #ddb;
+    padding: 7px 7px 0 7px;
+    background-color: #ffe;
+    width: 40%;
+    float: right;
+}
+
+p.sidebar-title {
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+/* -- topics ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+div.topic {
+    border: 1px solid #ccc;
+    padding: 7px 7px 0 7px;
+    margin: 10px 0 10px 0;
+}
+
+p.topic-title {
+    font-size: 1.1em;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    margin-top: 10px;
+}
+
+/* -- admonitions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+div.admonition {
+    margin-top: 10px;
+    margin-bottom: 10px;
+    padding: 7px;
+}
+
+div.admonition dt {
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+div.admonition dl {
+    margin-bottom: 0;
+}
+
+p.admonition-title {
+    margin: 0px 10px 5px 0px;
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+div.body p.centered {
+    text-align: center;
+    margin-top: 25px;
+}
+
+/* -- tables ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+table.docutils {
+    border: 0;
+    border-collapse: collapse;
+}
+
+table.docutils td, table.docutils th {
+    padding: 1px 8px 1px 5px;
+    border-top: 0;
+    border-left: 0;
+    border-right: 0;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
+}
+
+table.field-list td, table.field-list th {
+    border: 0 !important;
+}
+
+table.footnote td, table.footnote th {
+    border: 0 !important;
+}
+
+th {
+    text-align: left;
+    padding-right: 5px;
+}
+
+table.citation {
+    border-left: solid 1px gray;
+    margin-left: 1px;
+}
+
+table.citation td {
+    border-bottom: none;
+}
+
+/* -- other body styles ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ol.arabic {
+    list-style: decimal;
+}
+
+ol.loweralpha {
+    list-style: lower-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.upperalpha {
+    list-style: upper-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.lowerroman {
+    list-style: lower-roman;
+}
+
+ol.upperroman {
+    list-style: upper-roman;
+}
+
+dl {
+    margin-bottom: 15px;
+}
+
+dd p {
+    margin-top: 0px;
+}
+
+dd ul, dd table {
+    margin-bottom: 10px;
+}
+
+dd {
+    margin-top: 3px;
+    margin-bottom: 10px;
+    margin-left: 30px;
+}
+
+dt:target, .highlighted {
+    background-color: #fbe54e;
+}
+
+dl.glossary dt {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 1.1em;
+}
+
+.field-list ul {
+    margin: 0;
+    padding-left: 1em;
+}
+
+.field-list p {
+    margin: 0;
+}
+
+.refcount {
+    color: #060;
+}
+
+.optional {
+    font-size: 1.3em;
+}
+
+.versionmodified {
+    font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.system-message {
+    background-color: #fda;
+    padding: 5px;
+    border: 3px solid red;
+}
+
+.footnote:target  {
+    background-color: #ffa;
+}
+
+.line-block {
+    display: block;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+.line-block .line-block {
+    margin-top: 0;
+    margin-bottom: 0;
+    margin-left: 1.5em;
+}
+
+.guilabel, .menuselection {
+    font-family: sans-serif;
+}
+
+.accelerator {
+    text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+.classifier {
+    font-style: oblique;
+}
+
+abbr, acronym {
+    border-bottom: dotted 1px;
+    cursor: help;
+}
+
+/* -- code displays --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+pre {
+    overflow: auto;
+    overflow-y: hidden;  /* fixes display issues on Chrome browsers */
+}
+
+td.linenos pre {
+    padding: 5px 0px;
+    border: 0;
+    background-color: transparent;
+    color: #aaa;
+}
+
+table.highlighttable {
+    margin-left: 0.5em;
+}
+
+table.highlighttable td {
+    padding: 0 0.5em 0 0.5em;
+}
+
+tt.descname {
+    background-color: transparent;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 1.2em;
+}
+
+tt.descclassname {
+    background-color: transparent;
+}
+
+tt.xref, a tt {
+    background-color: transparent;
+    font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+h1 tt, h2 tt, h3 tt, h4 tt, h5 tt, h6 tt {
+    background-color: transparent;
+}
+
+.viewcode-link {
+    float: right;
+}
+
+.viewcode-back {
+    float: right;
+    font-family: sans-serif;
+}
+
+div.viewcode-block:target {
+    margin: -1px -10px;
+    padding: 0 10px;
+}
+
+/* -- math display ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+img.math {
+    vertical-align: middle;
+}
+
+div.body div.math p {
+    text-align: center;
+}
+
+span.eqno {
+    float: right;
+}
+
+/* -- printout stylesheet --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+@media print {
+    div.document,
+    div.documentwrapper,
+    div.bodywrapper {
+        margin: 0 !important;
+        width: 100%;
+    }
+
+    div.sphinxsidebar,
+    div.related,
+    div.footer,
+    #top-link {
+        display: none;
+    }
+}
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/help/theme/better/theme.conf	Mon Sep 22 13:02:11 2014 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+[theme]
+inherit = basic
+stylesheet = better.css
+pygments_style = sphinx
+
+[options]
+rightsidebar = false
+inlinecss =
+cssfiles =
+scriptfiles =
+ga_ua =
+ga_domain =
+
+showrelbartop = true
+showrelbarbottom = true
+showheader = true
+linktotheme = true
+
+# css shortcuts that should decrease as the markup improves
+
+## page width is determined by CSS
+sidebarwidth     = 15rem
+
+## headtextcolor (color of h* tags) and footertextcolor default to the value
+## of textcolor
+textcolor        = #000000
+headtextcolor    =
+footertextcolor  =
--- a/manuals/CMakeLists.txt	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2014 by Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik
-# Software engineering by Intevation GmbH
-#
-# This file is Free Software under the GNU GPL (v>=2)
-# and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY!
-# See LICENSE.txt for details.
-
-if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME)
-    set(SPHINX_THEME better)
-endif()
-
-if(NOT DEFINED SPHINX_THEME_DIR)
-   set(SPHINX_THEME_DIR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/theme")
-endif()
-
-set(ADMIN_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/admin-manual")
-set(ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/admin-manual")
-set(HELP_MANUAL_IN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/help-manual")
-set(HELP_MANUAL_OUT "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/help-manual")
-
-
-# configured documentation tools and intermediate build results
-set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-admin")
-set(BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_build-help")
-
-# Sphinx cache with pickled ReST documents
-set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-admin")
-set(SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/_doctrees-help")
-
-# HTML output directory
-set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN "${ADMIN_MANUAL_OUT}/html")
-set(SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP "${HELP_MANUAL_OUT}/html")
-
-configure_file(
-    "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in"
-    "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}/conf.py"
-    @ONLY)
-
-configure_file(
-    "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}/conf.py.in"
-    "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}/conf.py"
-    @ONLY)
-
-add_custom_target(admin_manual ALL
-    ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE}
-        -q -b html
-        -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_ADMIN}"
-        -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_ADMIN}"
-        "${ADMIN_MANUAL_IN}"
-        "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_ADMIN}"
-        COMMENT "Building HTML Admin documentation with Sphinx")
-
-add_custom_target(help_manual ALL
-    ${SPHINX_EXECUTABLE}
-        -q -b html
-        -c "${BINARY_BUILD_DIR_HELP}"
-        -d "${SPHINX_CACHE_DIR_HELP}"
-        "${HELP_MANUAL_IN}"
-        "${SPHINX_HTML_DIR_HELP}"
-        COMMENT "Building HTML Help with Sphinx")
--- a/manuals/README.txt	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-TrustBridge documentation
-=========================
-
-The TrustBridge documentation should be build automatically by the
-default target in cmake if sphinx is found.
-
-Requirements on ubuntu 14.4:
-python-sphinx
-
-How to build TrustBridge documentation manually
-===============================================
-
-The TrustBridge documentation based on Sphinx <http://sphinx-doc.org/>.
-Please install the requirements before you build the documentation.
-
-  $ virtualenv .venv
-  $ . .venv/bin/activate
-  (.venv) pip install -r requirements.txt
-
-
-Build TrustBridge help pages:
-  (.venv) cd help-manual
-  (.venv) make html
-
-  => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html
-
-
-Build TrustBridge Admin help pages:
-  (.venv) cd admin-manual
-  (.venv) make html
-
-  => Open HTML output: _build/html/index.html
-
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/Makefile	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for Sphinx documentation
-#
-
-# You can set these variables from the command line.
-SPHINXOPTS    =
-SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
-PAPER         =
-BUILDDIR      = _build
-
-# Internal variables.
-PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
-PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
-ALLSPHINXOPTS   = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
-# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
-I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
-
-.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext
-
-help:
-	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
-	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
-	@echo "  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories"
-	@echo "  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file"
-	@echo "  pickle     to make pickle files"
-	@echo "  json       to make JSON files"
-	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
-	@echo "  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project"
-	@echo "  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project"
-	@echo "  epub       to make an epub"
-	@echo "  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter"
-	@echo "  latexpdf   to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex"
-	@echo "  text       to make text files"
-	@echo "  man        to make manual pages"
-	@echo "  texinfo    to make Texinfo files"
-	@echo "  info       to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo"
-	@echo "  gettext    to make PO message catalogs"
-	@echo "  changes    to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items"
-	@echo "  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity"
-	@echo "  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)"
-
-clean:
-	-rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/*
-
-html:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
-
-dirhtml:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml."
-
-singlehtml:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml."
-
-pickle:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files."
-
-json:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files."
-
-htmlhelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \
-	      ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp."
-
-qthelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \
-	      ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:"
-	@echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp"
-	@echo "To view the help file:"
-	@echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc"
-
-devhelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished."
-	@echo "To view the help file:"
-	@echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
-	@echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
-	@echo "# devhelp"
-
-epub:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub."
-
-latex:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
-	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \
-	      "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)."
-
-latexpdf:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
-	@echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..."
-	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf
-	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
-
-text:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text."
-
-man:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man."
-
-texinfo:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
-	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \
-	      "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)."
-
-info:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
-	@echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..."
-	make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info
-	@echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
-
-gettext:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale."
-
-changes:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes
-	@echo
-	@echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes."
-
-linkcheck:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck
-	@echo
-	@echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \
-	      "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt."
-
-doctest:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest
-	@echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \
-	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt."
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/_static/extra-style.css	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-.figure img {
-    border: 1px solid lightgrey;
-    margin-bottom: 10px;
-    padding: 4px;
-}
-.figure .caption {
-    margin-top: 0px;
-    margin-bottom: 20px;
-}
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/_templates/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-{#
-    basic/searchbox.html
-    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-    Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box.
-
-    :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS.
-    :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details.
-#}
-{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %}
-<div id="searchbox" style="display: none">
-  <h3>Suche</h3>
-    <form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
-      <input type="text" name="q" />
-      <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Go') }}" />
-      <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
-      <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
-    </form>
-</div>
-<p></p>
-<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
-{%- endif %}
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/bedienung.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Die grafische Oberfläche
-========================
-
-
-Die **TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung** ...
-
-TODO: Screenshot
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/conf.py	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-#
-# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
-# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
-#
-# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
-#
-# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
-# autogenerated file.
-#
-# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
-# serve to show the default.
-
-import sys, os
-
-# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
-# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
-# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
-#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
-
-# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
-
-# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
-#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
-
-# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
-# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
-#extensions = ['']
-
-# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
-templates_path = ['_templates']
-
-# The suffix of source filenames.
-source_suffix = '.rst'
-
-# The encoding of source files.
-#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
-
-# The master toctree document.
-master_doc = 'index'
-
-# General information about the project.
-project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-copyright = u'2014, BSI'
-
-# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
-# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
-# built documents.
-#
-# The short X.Y version.
-version = '1.0'
-# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
-release = '1.0'
-
-# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
-# for a list of supported languages.
-language = 'de'
-
-# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
-# non-false value, then it is used:
-#today = ''
-# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
-#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
-
-# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
-# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
-exclude_patterns = ['_build']
-
-# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
-#default_role = None
-
-# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
-#add_function_parentheses = True
-
-# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
-# unit titles (such as .. function::).
-#add_module_names = True
-
-# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
-# output. They are ignored by default.
-#show_authors = False
-
-# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
-pygments_style = 'sphinx'
-
-# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
-#modindex_common_prefix = []
-
-
-# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
-
-# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
-# a list of builtin themes.
-from better import better_theme_path
-html_theme_path = [better_theme_path]
-html_theme = 'better'
-
-# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
-# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
-# documentation.
-html_theme_options = {
-    'linktotheme': False,
-    'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'],
-}
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
-#html_theme_path = []
-
-# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
-# "<project> v<release> documentation".
-html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe'
-
-# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
-html_short_title = 'Home'
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
-# of the sidebar.
-#html_logo = None
-
-# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
-# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
-# pixels large.
-#html_favicon = None
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
-# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
-# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
-html_static_path = ['_static']
-
-# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
-# using the given strftime format.
-#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
-
-# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
-# typographically correct entities.
-#html_use_smartypants = True
-
-# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
-html_sidebars = {
-    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
-}
-
-# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
-# template names.
-#html_additional_pages = {}
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#html_domain_indices = True
-
-# If false, no index is generated.
-#html_use_index = True
-
-# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
-#html_split_index = False
-
-# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
-#html_show_sourcelink = True
-
-# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-html_show_sphinx = False
-
-# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-#html_show_copyright = True
-
-# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
-# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
-# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
-#html_use_opensearch = ''
-
-# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
-#html_file_suffix = None
-
-# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
-# htmlhelp_basename = ''
-
-
-# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
-
-latex_elements = {
-# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
-'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
-
-# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
-'pointsize': '11pt',
-
-# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
-'preamble': 
-   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
-   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
-   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
-   '',
-
-'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
-'fncychap' : '',
-
-'maketitle': 
-  # Titelseite
-  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
-  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
-  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
-  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
-  '} '\
-  '',
-}
-
-# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
-# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
-latex_documents = [
-  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung',
-   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
-]
-
-latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
-# the title page.
-#latex_logo = None
-
-# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
-# not chapters.
-latex_use_parts = False
-
-# If true, show page references after internal links.
-#latex_show_pagerefs = False
-
-# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
-#latex_show_urls = False
-
-# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
-#latex_appendices = []
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#latex_domain_indices = True
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/conf.py.in	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-#
-# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
-# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
-#
-# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
-#
-# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
-# autogenerated file.
-#
-# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
-# serve to show the default.
-
-import sys, os
-
-# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
-# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
-# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
-#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
-
-# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
-
-# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
-#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
-
-# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
-# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
-#extensions = ['']
-
-# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
-templates_path = ['_templates']
-
-# The suffix of source filenames.
-source_suffix = '.rst'
-
-# The encoding of source files.
-#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
-
-# The master toctree document.
-master_doc = 'index'
-
-# General information about the project.
-project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-copyright = u'2014, BSI'
-
-# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
-# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
-# built documents.
-#
-# The short X.Y version.
-version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@'
-# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
-release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@'
-
-# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
-# for a list of supported languages.
-language = 'de'
-
-# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
-# non-false value, then it is used:
-#today = ''
-# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
-#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
-
-# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
-# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
-exclude_patterns = ['_build']
-
-# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
-#default_role = None
-
-# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
-#add_function_parentheses = True
-
-# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
-# unit titles (such as .. function::).
-#add_module_names = True
-
-# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
-# output. They are ignored by default.
-#show_authors = False
-
-# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
-pygments_style = 'sphinx'
-
-# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
-#modindex_common_prefix = []
-
-
-# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
-
-# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
-# a list of builtin themes.
-html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@']
-html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@'
-
-# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
-# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
-# documentation.
-html_theme_options = {
-    'linktotheme': False,
-    'cssfiles': ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'],
-}
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
-#html_theme_path = []
-
-# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
-# "<project> v<release> documentation".
-html_title = 'TrustBridge-Verwaltung Hilfe'
-
-# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
-html_short_title = 'Home'
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
-# of the sidebar.
-#html_logo = None
-
-# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
-# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
-# pixels large.
-#html_favicon = None
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
-# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
-# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
-html_static_path = ['@ADMIN_MANUAL_IN@/_static']
-
-# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
-# using the given strftime format.
-#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
-
-# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
-# typographically correct entities.
-#html_use_smartypants = True
-
-# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
-html_sidebars = {
-    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
-}
-
-# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
-# template names.
-#html_additional_pages = {}
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#html_domain_indices = True
-
-# If false, no index is generated.
-#html_use_index = True
-
-# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
-#html_split_index = False
-
-# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
-#html_show_sourcelink = True
-
-# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-html_show_sphinx = False
-
-# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-#html_show_copyright = True
-
-# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
-# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
-# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
-#html_use_opensearch = ''
-
-# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
-#html_file_suffix = None
-
-# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
-# htmlhelp_basename = ''
-
-
-# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
-
-latex_elements = {
-# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
-'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
-
-# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
-'pointsize': '11pt',
-
-# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
-'preamble': 
-   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
-   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
-   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
-   '',
-
-'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
-'fncychap' : '',
-
-'maketitle': 
-  # Titelseite
-  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
-  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
-  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
-  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
-  '} '\
-  '',
-}
-
-# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
-# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
-latex_documents = [
-  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung.tex', u'TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung',
-   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
-]
-
-latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
-# the title page.
-#latex_logo = None
-
-# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
-# not chapters.
-latex_use_parts = False
-
-# If true, show page references after internal links.
-#latex_show_pagerefs = False
-
-# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
-#latex_show_urls = False
-
-# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
-#latex_appendices = []
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#latex_domain_indices = True
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/index.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-Was ist TrustBridge?
-====================
-
-TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
-Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_ für die Verbreitung
-von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten.
-
-TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine
-X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI)
-einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. TrustBridge verteilt
-Wurzelzertifikate, welche von den Betriebssystemen und Webbrowsern
-nicht mitgeliefert werden. Existierende Zertifikate, die korrumpiert
-oder missbraucht wurden, können von TrustBridge über eine
-Deinstallations-Empfehlung entfernt werden.  Dabei ist unerheblich, ob
-die Zertifikate auf der Anwenderebene vorher bereits installiert
-waren.
-
-**Wurzelzertifikate** (auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis
-einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des
-Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für
-verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über
-unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet.
-
-Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für
-alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine
-Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren
-Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den
-ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate
-sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard
-beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS)
-oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist
-die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard.
-
-
-Über diese Hilfe
-================
-Diese Hilfe unterstützt Sie bei der Bedienung der
-TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung und gibt Hinweise zum Betrieb des
-Download-Servers. Die Hilfeseiten im Überblick:
-
-.. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
-
-   installation
-   bedienung
-
-
-Impressum
-=========
-
-Copyright 2014 Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
-Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_.
-
-TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH
-<http://www.intevation.de>`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH
-<http://www.dn-systems.com>`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag vom BSI.
-
-Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0
-<http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/>`_ lizensiert.
--- a/manuals/admin-manual/installation.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-Installation
-============
-
-Die TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung läuft unter Windows und GNU/Linux.
-Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und Ubuntu 14.04
-(jeweils 64 Bit).
-
-
-TODO: Systemvoraussetzung, Windows, Ubuntu
--- a/manuals/help-manual/Makefile	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for Sphinx documentation
-#
-
-# You can set these variables from the command line.
-SPHINXOPTS    =
-SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
-PAPER         =
-BUILDDIR      = _build
-
-# Internal variables.
-PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
-PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
-ALLSPHINXOPTS   = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
-# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
-I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
-
-.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext
-
-help:
-	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
-	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
-	@echo "  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories"
-	@echo "  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file"
-	@echo "  pickle     to make pickle files"
-	@echo "  json       to make JSON files"
-	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
-	@echo "  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project"
-	@echo "  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project"
-	@echo "  epub       to make an epub"
-	@echo "  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter"
-	@echo "  latexpdf   to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex"
-	@echo "  text       to make text files"
-	@echo "  man        to make manual pages"
-	@echo "  texinfo    to make Texinfo files"
-	@echo "  info       to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo"
-	@echo "  gettext    to make PO message catalogs"
-	@echo "  changes    to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items"
-	@echo "  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity"
-	@echo "  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)"
-
-clean:
-	-rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/*
-
-html:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
-
-dirhtml:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml."
-
-singlehtml:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml."
-
-pickle:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files."
-
-json:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files."
-
-htmlhelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \
-	      ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp."
-
-qthelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \
-	      ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:"
-	@echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhcp"
-	@echo "To view the help file:"
-	@echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Dokumentationsvorlage.qhc"
-
-devhelp:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished."
-	@echo "To view the help file:"
-	@echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
-	@echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Dokumentationsvorlage"
-	@echo "# devhelp"
-
-epub:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub."
-
-latex:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
-	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \
-	      "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)."
-
-latexpdf:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
-	@echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..."
-	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf
-	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
-
-text:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text."
-
-man:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man."
-
-texinfo:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
-	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \
-	      "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)."
-
-info:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
-	@echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..."
-	make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info
-	@echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
-
-gettext:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale
-	@echo
-	@echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale."
-
-changes:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes
-	@echo
-	@echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes."
-
-linkcheck:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck
-	@echo
-	@echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \
-	      "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt."
-
-doctest:
-	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest
-	@echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \
-	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt."
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/bsi-logo.png has changed
--- a/manuals/help-manual/_static/extra-style.css	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.figure img {
-    border: 1px solid lightgrey;
-    margin-bottom: 10px;
-    padding: 4px;
-}
-.figure .caption {
-    margin-top: 0px;
-    margin-bottom: 20px;
-}
-tt {
-    font-size: 1.1em;
-    background-color: transparent;
-}
-#pageheader img {
-    float: left;
-    margin-right: 10px;
-}
-#pageheader h1 {
-    margin: 5px;
-    padding: 15px;
-}
-#breadcrumbs {
-    display: none;
-}
-.related.top #rellinks {
-    margin-top: -25px;
-}
-#pagefooter {
-    padding-bottom: 0 !important;
-}
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/nsis-installer.png has changed
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/sicherheitswarnung.png has changed
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/stores.png has changed
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-gui_win.png has changed
Binary file manuals/help-manual/_static/trustbridge-logo.png has changed
--- a/manuals/help-manual/_templates/layout.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-{% extends '!layout.html' %}
-
-{%- block header %}
-  {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %}
-    <header id="pageheader">
-        <a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }} "><img src="_static/trustbridge-logo.png"><h1>{{ docstitle }}</h1></a>
-    </header>
-  {%- endif %}
-{%- endblock %}
-
-
-{% block footer %}
-  <footer id="pagefooter">
-    &copy; 2014, BSI | TrustBridge {{version}}<br>
-    <img src="_static/bsi-logo.png">
-  </footer>
-{% endblock %}
--- a/manuals/help-manual/_templates/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-{#
-    basic/searchbox.html
-    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-    Sphinx sidebar template: quick search box.
-
-    :copyright: Copyright 2007-2014 by the Sphinx team, see AUTHORS.
-    :license: BSD, see LICENSE for details.
-#}
-{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %}
-<div id="searchbox" style="display: none">
-  <h3>Suche</h3>
-    <form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
-      <input type="text" name="q" />
-      <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Go') }}" />
-      <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
-      <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
-    </form>
-</div>
-<p></p>
-<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
-{%- endif %}
--- a/manuals/help-manual/arbeitsweise.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-============
-Arbeitsweise
-============
-
-TrustBridge holt sich regelmäßig über das Internet 
-neue Vorschlagslisten per HTTPS. Die anzufragenden URLs sind 
-fest in der Anwendung eingebrannt, wie auch Zertifikate, um
-zu prüfen, dass es sich wirklich um den echten Server handelt.
-
-ZUTUN
-
-
-Wurzelzertifikate
-=================
-(auch Rootzertifikate genannt) sind die Basis
-einer PKI zur Feststellung der Authentizität des
-Kommunikationspartners und der Integrität seiner Nachrichten für
-verschiedene Anwendungen -- insbesondere bei der Übertragung über
-unsichere Kommunikationskanäle, wie dem Internet.
-
-Ein Wurzelzertifikat dient als Vertrauensanker ("Trust Anchor") für
-alle darunter hängenden Zertifikate. Unterhalb der Wurzel folgt eine
-Sicherheitskette ("Trust Chain") von ein oder mehreren
-Zwischenzertifikaten der Zertifizierungsstellen, gefolgt von den
-ausgestellten Zertifikaten für die Anwendungen. Die Zertifikate
-sichern per Public-Key-Kryptoverfahren nach dem X.509-v3 Standard
-beispielsweise TLS-Verbindungen von Webbrowser zu Webserver (HTTPS)
-oder E-Mail-Klient zu E-Mail-Server (IMAPS). Ein weiteres Beispiel ist
-die Ende-zu-Ende Absicherung von E-Mail per S/MIME-Standard.
--- a/manuals/help-manual/bedienung.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-Die grafische Oberfläche
-========================
-
-
-Die **TrustBridge-Oberfläche** gliedert sich in 3 Seiten, die über die
-großen Schaltflächen an der linken Seite aufgerufen werden können:
-
-- **Neue Empfehlungen:** Alle verfügbaren Aktualisierungen und Änderungen werden hier bestätigt und installiert.
-- **Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Installation vorgeschlagen hat.
-- **Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate:** Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation empfohlen hat.
-
-.. figure:: _static/trustbridge-gui_win.png
-   :alt: Die TrustBridge-Oberfläche unter Windows bei verfügbaren Zertifikatsänderungen
-   :width: 100%
-
-
-Seite "Neue Empfehlungen"
--------------------------
-
-Neue Zertifikatsänderungen schreiben:
-.....................................
-Sind neue Zertifikatsaktualisierungen vom BSI verfügbar, werden Sie
-über die empfohlenen Änderungen auf dieser Seite informiert. Im Titel
-finden Sie die Gesamtanzahl der vorgeschlagenen Zertifikatsänderungen.
-Über den Button *[Änderungen schreiben]* können Sie diese Änderungen
-vollständig übernehmen.
-
-Details zu den empfohlenen Zertifikaten (wie z.B. Zertifikatsinhaber,
-Gültigkeit, Fingerabdruck) lassen sich im unteren Teil der Seite über
-die beiden Gruppierungen mittels der *[Details]* Button einblenden:
-
-* Neue, empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate installieren (n/n)
-* Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate entfernen (n/n)
-
-An dieser Stelle haben Sie die Möglichkeit (*vor* dem Schreiben der
-Änderungen) ausgewählte Zertifikate "abzuwählen". Dadurch werden diese
-Zertifikate *nicht* installiert bzw. entfernt.  Solche
-Abwahlentscheidungen können Sie später jederzeit wieder auf den Seiten
-"Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate" und "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate"
-korrigieren.
-
-Suche nach Aktualisierungen:
-............................
-Beim Start der Anwendung wird automatisch nach neuen Aktualisierungen
-(Software und Zertifikaten) gesucht. Über den Button *[Aktualisieren]*
-kann diese Suche auch manuell angestoßen werden. Der letzte
-Suchzeitpunkt wird daneben angezeigt.
-
-Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben:
-...................................
-Sind alle Zertifikatsänderungen eingespielt und liegen keine
-Änderungen vor, können alle von TrustBridge verwalteten Zertifikate
-noch einmal installiert werden. Dafür muss auf den Button
-*[Wurzelzertifikate erneut schreiben]* geklickt werden.  Hilfreich
-könnte diese Funktion sein, wenn seit der letzten Aktualisierung durch
-TrustBridge im Zertifikatsspeicher *manuell* Zertifikate geändert
-wurden. Um den durch TrustBridge empfohlenen Stand wiederherzustellen,
-klickt man einmal auf o.g. Schaltfläche.
-
-
-Seite "Empfohlene Wurzelzertifikate"
-------------------------------------
-Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge aktuell zur Installation
-vorgeschlagen hat, sind auf dieser Seite einsehbar. Jedes Zertifikat
-kann einzeln "abgewählt" werden, d.h. es wird mit der nächsten
-*[Änderungen schreiben]*-Aktion entfernt.  Bereits "abgewählte"
-Zertifikate können analog so zur Installation markiert werden.
-
-Jede manuelle Änderung, die Sie hier vornehmen, wird auf der Seite
-"Neue Empfehlungen" aufgelistet. Die Anzahl der "abweichend zu
-behandelnden Wurzelzertifikate" wird auch auf der Schaltfläche "Neue
-Empfehlungen" im roten Kreis angezeigt.
-
-**Achtung:** TrustBridge zeigt *nicht* den tatsächlichen
-Installationszustand eines Zertifikats im Zertifikatsspeicher an.
-TrustBridge selbst kann nur ausgewählte Zertifikate in alle
-Zertifikatsspeicher "einspielen".  Eine Kontrolle, dass in der
-Zwischenzeit diese Zertifikate nicht verändert wurden, kann
-TrustBridge nicht geben.
-
-
-Seite "Abgeratene Wurzelzertifikate"
-------------------------------------
-Alle Wurzelzertifikate, die TrustBridge zur Deinstallation
-vorgeschlagen hat, werden auf dieser Seite aufgelistet.  Bereits
-deinstallierte Zertifikate lassen sich mit TrustBridge nicht mehr
-installieren.
-
-Sollten Sie Zertifikate bei der Aktualisierung "zurückgehalten" haben,
-d.h. noch nicht zur Deinstallation freigegeben haben, können Sie das
-Zertifikat über das Auswahlfeld zur Deinstallation markieren.  Damit
-das Zertifikat endgültig aus allen Zertifikatsspeichern gelöscht wird
-müssen Sie anschließend den *[Änderungen schreiben]*-Button auf der
-Seite "Neue Empfehlungen" bestätigen.
-
-
-Seite "Information und Hilfe"
------------------------------
-Neben der Erwähnung von Herstellers und Lizenz von TrustBridge finden
-Sie hier die Möglichkeit:
-
-* diese TrustBridge-Hilfe zu starten und
-* die Proxy-Server-Einstellungen vorzunehmen.
--- a/manuals/help-manual/conf.py	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-#
-# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
-# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
-#
-# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
-#
-# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
-# autogenerated file.
-#
-# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
-# serve to show the default.
-
-import sys, os
-
-# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
-# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
-# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
-#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
-
-# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
-
-# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
-#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
-
-# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
-# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
-#extensions = ['']
-
-# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
-templates_path = ['_templates']
-
-# The suffix of source filenames.
-source_suffix = '.rst'
-
-# The encoding of source files.
-#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
-
-# The master toctree document.
-master_doc = 'index'
-
-# General information about the project.
-project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-#copyright = u''
-
-# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
-# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
-# built documents.
-#
-# The short X.Y version.
-version = '1.0'
-# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
-release = '1.0'
-
-# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
-# for a list of supported languages.
-language = 'de'
-
-# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
-# non-false value, then it is used:
-#today = ''
-# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
-#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
-
-# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
-# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
-exclude_patterns = ['_build']
-
-# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
-#default_role = None
-
-# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
-#add_function_parentheses = True
-
-# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
-# unit titles (such as .. function::).
-#add_module_names = True
-
-# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
-# output. They are ignored by default.
-#show_authors = False
-
-# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
-pygments_style = 'sphinx'
-
-# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
-#modindex_common_prefix = []
-
-
-# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
-
-# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
-# a list of builtin themes.
-from better import better_theme_path
-html_theme_path = [better_theme_path]
-html_theme = 'better'
-
-# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
-# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
-# documentation.
-html_theme_options = {
-    'linktotheme': False,
-    'cssfiles': ['_static/extra-style.css'],
-}
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
-#html_theme_path = []
-
-# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
-# "<project> v<release> documentation".
-html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-
-# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
-#html_short_title = 'Home'
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
-# of the sidebar.
-#html_logo = None
-
-# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
-# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
-# pixels large.
-#html_favicon = None
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
-# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
-# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
-html_static_path = ['_static']
-
-# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
-# using the given strftime format.
-#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
-
-# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
-# typographically correct entities.
-#html_use_smartypants = True
-
-# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
-html_sidebars = {
-    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
-}
-
-# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
-# template names.
-#html_additional_pages = {}
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#html_domain_indices = True
-
-# If false, no index is generated.
-#html_use_index = True
-
-# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
-#html_split_index = False
-
-# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
-#html_show_sourcelink = True
-
-# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-html_show_sphinx = False
-
-# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-#html_show_copyright = True
-
-# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
-# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
-# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
-#html_use_opensearch = ''
-
-# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
-#html_file_suffix = None
-
-# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
-# htmlhelp_basename = ''
-
-
-# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
-
-latex_elements = {
-# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
-'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
-
-# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
-'pointsize': '11pt',
-
-# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
-'preamble': 
-   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
-   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
-   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
-   '',
-
-'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
-'fncychap' : '',
-
-'maketitle': 
-  # Titelseite
-  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
-  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
-  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
-  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
-  '} '\
-  '',
-}
-
-# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
-# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
-latex_documents = [
-  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe',
-   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
-]
-
-latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
-# the title page.
-#latex_logo = None
-
-# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
-# not chapters.
-latex_use_parts = False
-
-# If true, show page references after internal links.
-#latex_show_pagerefs = False
-
-# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
-#latex_show_urls = False
-
-# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
-#latex_appendices = []
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#latex_domain_indices = True
--- a/manuals/help-manual/conf.py.in	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-#
-# Dokumentationsvorlage documentation build configuration file, created by
-# sphinx-quickstart on Fri Dec 14 12:07:59 2012.
-#
-# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir.
-#
-# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
-# autogenerated file.
-#
-# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
-# serve to show the default.
-
-import sys, os
-
-# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
-# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
-# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
-#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('extensions'))
-
-# -- General configuration -----------------------------------------------------
-
-# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
-#needs_sphinx = '1.0'
-
-# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions
-# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones.
-#extensions = ['']
-
-# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
-templates_path = ['_templates']
-
-# The suffix of source filenames.
-source_suffix = '.rst'
-
-# The encoding of source files.
-#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
-
-# The master toctree document.
-master_doc = 'index'
-
-# General information about the project.
-project = u'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-copyright = u'2014, BSI'
-
-# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
-# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
-# built documents.
-#
-# The short X.Y version.
-version = '@HG_REVISION_TAG@'
-# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
-release = '@PROJECT_VERSION@'
-
-# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
-# for a list of supported languages.
-language = 'de'
-
-# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
-# non-false value, then it is used:
-#today = ''
-# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
-#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
-
-# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
-# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
-exclude_patterns = ['_build']
-
-# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents.
-#default_role = None
-
-# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
-#add_function_parentheses = True
-
-# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
-# unit titles (such as .. function::).
-#add_module_names = True
-
-# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
-# output. They are ignored by default.
-#show_authors = False
-
-# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
-pygments_style = 'sphinx'
-
-# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
-#modindex_common_prefix = []
-
-
-# -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------------
-
-# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
-# a list of builtin themes.
-html_theme_path = ['@SPHINX_THEME_DIR@']
-html_theme = '@SPHINX_THEME@'
-
-# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
-# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
-# documentation.
-html_theme_options = {
-    'linktotheme': False,
-    'cssfiles': ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static/extra-style.css'],
-}
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
-#html_theme_path = []
-
-# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.  If None, it defaults to
-# "<project> v<release> documentation".
-html_title = 'TrustBridge-Hilfe'
-
-# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
-html_short_title = 'Home'
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
-# of the sidebar.
-#html_logo = None
-
-# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the
-# docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
-# pixels large.
-#html_favicon = None
-
-# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
-# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
-# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
-html_static_path = ['@HELP_MANUAL_IN@/_static']
-
-# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom,
-# using the given strftime format.
-#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
-
-# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
-# typographically correct entities.
-#html_use_smartypants = True
-
-# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
-html_sidebars = {
-    '**': ['globaltoc.html', 'searchbox.html'],
-}
-
-# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
-# template names.
-#html_additional_pages = {}
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#html_domain_indices = True
-
-# If false, no index is generated.
-#html_use_index = True
-
-# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
-#html_split_index = False
-
-# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
-#html_show_sourcelink = True
-
-# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-html_show_sphinx = False
-
-# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
-#html_show_copyright = True
-
-# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
-# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
-# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
-#html_use_opensearch = ''
-
-# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
-#html_file_suffix = None
-
-# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
-# htmlhelp_basename = ''
-
-
-# -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------------
-
-latex_elements = {
-# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
-'papersize': 'a4paper,oneside',
-
-# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
-'pointsize': '11pt',
-
-# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
-'preamble': 
-   '\\usepackage{colortbl} '\
-   '\\usepackage{booktabs} '\
-   '\\usepackage{tabularx} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\projecttitle}{} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documenttype}{TrustBridge-Benutzerdokumentation} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentdate}{12. August 2014} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\documentversion}{Version 0.1} '\
-   '\\newcommand{\\customer}{BSI} '\
-   '',
-
-'babel': '\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}',
-'fncychap' : '',
-
-'maketitle': 
-  # Titelseite
-  '\\includegraphics[height=2cm]{brieflogo-neu.png} \\\\[2.5cm] '\
-  '{\\sffamily\\bfseries\\large \\projecttitle \\\\[0.5cm] '\
-  '\\huge \\documenttype \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\small \\documentdate, \\documentversion \\\\[2.5cm]'\
-  '\\sffamily\\bfseries\\small '\
-  'Autor: Intevation GmbH\\\\[1.0cm] '\
-  '} '\
-  '',
-}
-
-# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
-# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]).
-latex_documents = [
-  ('index', 'TrustBridge-Hilfe.tex', u'TrustBridge-Hilfe',
-   u'Intevation GmbH', 'manual'),
-]
-
-latex_docclass = { 'manual': 'scrreprt', }
-
-# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
-# the title page.
-#latex_logo = None
-
-# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
-# not chapters.
-latex_use_parts = False
-
-# If true, show page references after internal links.
-#latex_show_pagerefs = False
-
-# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
-#latex_show_urls = False
-
-# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
-#latex_appendices = []
-
-# If false, no module index is generated.
-#latex_domain_indices = True
--- a/manuals/help-manual/index.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-Inhaltsverzeichnis
-==================
-
-.. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
-
-   installation
-   bedienung
-   arbeitsweise
-   techn-referenz
-
-
-Was ist TrustBridge?
-====================
-TrustBridge erleichtert Ihnen das Einpflegen von Wurzelzertifikaten
-zur Absicherung von Kommunikation durch Verschlüsselung und Signaturen. 
-Dazu holt sich TrustBridge regelmäßig die Wurzelzertifikate, 
-welche von einer zentralen Stelle vorgeschlagen werden und bietet
-Sie Ihnen zum Einfügen in den Zertifikatspeicher Ihres Rechners an.
-
-Über TrustBridge werden üblicherweise nur Zertifikate verteilt,
-welche von Ihrem Betriebssystem nicht mitgeliefert werden. Sie können sich
-dafür entscheiden nur einen Teil der Wurzelzertifikate zu übernehmen.
-TrustBridge respektiert Ihre bisherigen Wurzelzertifikatsentscheidungen.
-
-Wenn ein früher vorschlagenes Wurzelzertifikat lange in Benutzung war 
-oder ein Problem damit bekannt wurde, empfiehlt TrustBridge 
-es wieder zu entfernen. Auch für diese Änderung holt sich TrustBridge
-erst Ihre Erlaubnis. 
-
-Wurzelzertifikate verwalten den Zugang zu Ihren Daten.
-Verwenden Sie TrustBridge deshalb nur, wenn Sie der Organisation 
-vertrauen von der Sie die Software erhalten 
-und welche die Wurzelzertifikatsvorschläge pflegt. 
-
-TrustBridge arbeitet im Hintergrund und meldet sich
-bei Ihnen, wenn es etwas Neues gibt.
-
-TrustBridge ist eine Anwendung vom `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
-Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_ für die Verbreitung
-von empfohlenen Wurzelzertifikaten.
-
-TrustBridge macht es Nutzern einfacher, Wurzelzertifikate für eine
-X.509-basierende, öffentliche Zertifikatsinfrastruktur (PKI)
-einzuspielen und aktuell zu halten. 
-
-
-
-Impressum
-=========
-
-Ausgabe 2014, Die Rechte liegen beim `Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der
-Informationstechnik (BSI) <https://bsi.bund.de>`_.
-
-TrustBridge wurde von den Unternehmen `Intevation GmbH
-<http://www.intevation.de>`_ und `DN-Systems GmbH
-<http://www.dn-systems.com>`_ entwickelt, im Auftrag des BSIs.
-
-Diese TrustBridge-Hilfe ist unter der `Creative Commons CC BY-SA 3.0
-<http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/>`_ lizensiert.
--- a/manuals/help-manual/installation.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-Installation
-============
-
-TrustBridge bietet Installationspakete für die Plattformen Windows und GNU/Linux.
-Offiziell unterstützt und geprüft sind Windows 7 und 8 sowie Ubuntu 14.04
-(jeweils 32 und 64 Bit).
-
-TrustBridge greift auf zwei gängige `Zertifikatsspeicher <konzept.html#zertifikatsspeicher>`_ zu, den Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher und den Mozilla-NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher.
-Folgende Anwendungen nutzen diese Zertifikatsspeicher und werden von TrustBridge unterstützt:
-
-* Mozilla Firefox
-* Mozilla Thunderbird
-* Google Chrome / Chromium
-* MS Internet Explorer
-* MS Outlook
-
-
-Windows
--------
-Nach dem Start des Installationsassistenten TrustBridge-|version|.exe folgt ein
-Begrüßungsdialog:
-
-.. figure:: _static/nsis-installer.png
-   :alt: Installationsassistent unter Windows
-
-Der Installationsdatei ist mit einem Code-Signing-Zertifikat signiert.
-
-Sie können TrustBridge **systemweit** (benötigt Administrator-Rechte) oder
-**lokal** (nur für den aktuellen Nutzer) installieren.
-
-Sobald Sie den TrustBridge-Installer mit Administrator-Rechten ausführen (z.B.
-als eingeloggter Admin) wird die Anwendung immer systemweit installiert. Das
-bedeutet, dass jeder Nutzer auf dem System später die von TrustBridge
-installierten Zertifikate nutzen kann. Der Administrator ist zuständig für die
-regelmäßige Prüfung nach Aktualisierung von Software und Zertifikaten.
-
-Eine lokale Installation ermöglicht es Nutzern ohne Administrator-Rechte
-TrustBridge selbständig zu installieren. Die Zertifikate werden dann später nur im
-Zertifikatsspeicher des Nutzers abgelegt.
-
-Für die **Deinstallation** von TrustBridge gehen Sie über den üblichen Weg
-der Windows-Systemsteuerung ("Programme deinstallieren") und folgen Sie den
-Anweisungen des Deinstallationsassistenten.
-
-
-Ubuntu
-------
-Für die Installation von TrustBridge unter Ubuntu wird ein interaktives Installationsskript
-für die Kommandozeile angeboten - jeweils ein Script für 32 und 64 Bit-Systeme.
-
-Führen Sie das Skript ohne Option aus, um TrustBridge **lokal** in Ihrem Home-Verzeichnis zu installieren
-(standardmäßig unter ``/home/NUTZERNAME/TrustBridge/``).
-
-Für 64-Bit-Systeme:
-
-.. parsed-literal::
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh
-
-Für 32-Bit-Syteme:
-
-.. parsed-literal::
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh
-
-
-Sollten Sie eine **systemweite Installation** wünschen, nutzen Sie die Option ``-s``:
-
-.. parsed-literal::
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -s  # für 64-Bit
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -s   # für 32-Bit
-
-
-Zur **Deinstallation** der Anwendung (mit allen Zertifikaten) steht Ihnen die Option ``-d`` zur Verfügung:
-
-.. parsed-literal::
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-amd64.sh -d  # für 64-Bit
-    bash TrustBridge-|version|-i386.sh -d   # für 32-Bit
-
-
-Eine Hilfe zu den verfügbaren Kommandozeilenoptionen bietet Ihnen ``--help``.
--- a/manuals/help-manual/techn-referenz.rst	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-===================
-Technische Referenz
-===================
-
-
-Welche Zertifikatsspeicher werden verwendet?
-============================================
-
-Damit Zertifikaten in Anwendungen (wie z.B. Browser oder E-Mail-Klient)
-vertraut werden kann, müssen die zugehörigen Wurzelzertifikate in den passenden
-Zertifikatsspeichern des Systems installiert werden.
-TrustBridge übernimmt diesen Zugriff auf die Zertifikatsspeicher.
-
-Es gibt zwei gängige Zertifikatsspeicher, die von TrustBridge und den meisten
-Anwendungen unterstützt werden:
-
-* der Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher ("Network Security Services") und 
-* der Windows-System-Zertifikatsspeicher.
-
-
-Chrome bzw. Chromium verwendet unter Windows den Windows-System-Speicher und unter
-Ubuntu den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher. Die nachfolgende Abbildung veranschaulicht 
-die verwendeten Zertifikatsspeicher unter Windows und GNU/Linux.
-
-.. figure:: _static/stores.png
-   :width: 100%
-   :alt: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher
-
-   *Abbildung 1: Übersicht der Zertifikatsspeicher*
-
-Windows-Zertifikatsspeicher
----------------------------
-
-Der Windows 7 und 8 Zertifikatsspeicher kann in drei große Gruppen aufgeteilt werden:
-
-#. Zertifikate des aktuellen Benutzers
-#. Zertifikate für alle Benutzer (Lokaler Computer)
-#. Zertifikate für Systemdienste
-
-Diese Gruppen unterteilen sich wieder in eine Reihe von logischen Speichern.
-
-Für die Installation von vertrauenswürdigen Wurzelzertifikaten ist der
-logische *Root*-Speicher relevant. Nur dort eingetragene Zertifikate
-werden als *Trust Anchor* (Vertrauensanker) angesehen und zur
-Validierung des Vertrauenspfads zu den weiteren Zertifikaten
-verwendet.
-
-Der logische *Disallowed*-Speicher hat immer Vorrang. Befindet sich ein Zertifikat
-sowohl im *Root* als auch im *Disallowed*-Speicher, gilt es als nicht vertrauenswürdig.
-
-
-**Einschränkungen:** 
-Um unbefugte Manipulationen am Zertifikatsspeicher zu verhindern, werden von Microsoft
-seit Windows XP SP2 folgende Schutzmaßnahmen vorgesehen:
-
-#. Um Zertifikate für alle Benutzer des lokalen Computers zu
-   bearbeiten, sind erhöhte Privilegien (Administrationsrechte)
-   erforderlich.
-#. Änderungen (Löschen / Hinzufügen von Zertifikaten) am
-   *Root*-Speicher des aktuellen Nutzers erfordern die explizite
-   Einwilligung des Nutzers (siehe nachfolgende Abbildung), sofern der
-   Prozess keine erhöhten Privilegien besitzt.
-
-
-.. figure:: _static/sicherheitswarnung.png
-   :alt: Windows-Sicherheitswarnung 
-
-   *Abbildung 2: Sicherheitswarnung beim Hinzufügen eines Wurzelzertifikats ohne Administrator-Rechte*
-
-
-
-Mozilla NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher
--------------------------------
-Die Mozilla-Anwendungen Thunderbird und Firefox, sowie Chromium unter
-Ubuntu, verwenden die Mozilla "Network Security
-Services" (NSS) Zertifikatsspeicher. 
-
-Mozilla liefert den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher mit einer Auswahl von
-voreingesetllten vertrauenswürdigen bzw. nicht
-vertrauenswürdigen Zertifikaten aus.
-
-**Einschränkungen:**
-
-* Anwendungen, die den NSS-Zertifikatsspeicher verwenden, sollten vor dem Zugriff geschlossen
-  werden.
-* Um den NSS-Speicher anderer Nutzer zu manipulieren, sind erhöhte Rechte nötig.
-* Um den NSS-Standard für neue Profile vorzugeben, sind abhängig vom Installationsort 
-  ggf. erhöhte Rechte nötig.
-
-
-
-Wie wird der Transport abgesichert?
-===================================
-TrustBridge sucht regelmäßig (alle 24 Stunden) auf dem offiziellen TrustBridge-Update-Server
-nach aktualisierten Zertifikatslisten und neuen Softwareversionen. 
-
-Sämtliche Transportprozesse sind kryptografisch nach aktuellem Stand
-der Technik gegen unbefugte Manipulationen (Authentizität und
-Integrität) gesichert. Es gibt drei Transportwege, die abgesichert
-werden müssen:
-
-#. Verfügbarkeit von Aktualisierungen prüfen:
-   Die regelmäßige Übertragung der Information, ob neue Aktualisierungen
-   von Zertifikatsliste oder Software verfügbar sind, wird über eine
-   HTTPS-Verbindung per TLS 1.2 (mit ECDSA brainpoolP256r1) durchgeführt.
-#. Zertifikatslisten-Update durchführen:
-   Ist eine neue Zertifikatsliste verfügbar, wird die ganze Liste
-   gebündelt übertragen. Die Zertifikatslistendatei ist signiert (RSA 3076). 
-   Vor einem Zertifikatslisten-Update wird sichergestellt, dass TrustBridge bereits in der
-   neusten Version installiert ist.
-#. Software-Update durchführen:
-   Ist eine neue TrustBridge-Version verfügbar, kann diese mit einem
-   Klick auf eine entsprechende Meldung heruntergeladen und installiert
-   werden. Es wird eine vollständige TrustBridge-Installationsdatei übertragen 
-   und im Hintergrund ausgeführt. Jede Software-Installationsdatei ist signiert.
-   Bei Fehlschlagen der Signaturprüfung (z.B. durch fehlerhaftes
-   Herunterladen) wird TrustBridge nicht aktualisiert. 
-
-
-
-Wie sieht das Datenformat einer Zertifikatsliste aus?
-=====================================================
-
-Die Zertifikatsliste ist eine einzelne Text-Datei, welche von der
-TrustBridge-Verwaltungsanwendung erzeugt wird. Diese Datei enthält
-alle benötigten Informationen und basiert auf einer zeilenbasierten
-Textformat. Dabei bleibt die Struktur für Menschen lesbar und die
-meisten Inhalte können mit Standardwerkzeugen sowohl de- als auch
-enkodiert werden.
-
-In der ersten Zeile der Datei ist die Base64-kodierte, kryptografische
-Signatur über alle folgenden Zeilen (inklusive der Zeilenenden)
-angegeben. So wird die Integrität und Authentizität dieser Daten vor
-der Verarbeitung gesichert.
-
-Einzelne Zeilen haben das Format ``<Buchstabe>:<Wert><CR><LF>``, wobei
-der Buchstabe angibt, welche Art von Wert folgt. Die Länge der Zeilen
-ist (für Version 1) auf 9999 Zeichen begrenzt, inklusive der beiden
-Zeichen für Zeilenenden.  Die Anzahl der Zeilen ist auf 1000
-beschränkt, was einer Dateigröße von maximal 10 Megabyte entspricht.
-(In der Praxis wird die Dateigröße aber deutlich unter 100 Kilobyte
-liegen.) Der Text wird in 7Bit-ASCII kodiert.
-
-Die Zertifikate selbst werden als Base64- und DER-kodierte Daten
-aufgeführt. Dies entspricht dem Inhalt gängiger .pem-Dateien - jedoch
-ohne den umschließenden BEGIN CERTIFICATE und END CERTIFICATE sowie
-ohne den Zeilenumbrüchen.
-
-Jede Zeile muss mit einem der folgenden gültigen Buchstaben beginnen:
-
-* ``S:`` Die Signatur der Zertifikatsliste.
-* ``F:`` Format-Version
-* ``D:`` Zeitpunkt der Listenerstellen (UTC)
-* ``I:`` Zu installierendes Zertifikat
-* ``R:`` Zu entfernendes Zertifikat
-
-
-Im Folgenden ein Beispiel für den Aufbau der Zertifikatslisten-Datei
-mit zwei zu installierenden Zertifikaten und einem zu löschenden
-Zertifikat. Die Signatur- und Zertifikatszeilen sind, aus Gründen der
-Übersichtlichkeit, in diesem Beispiel gekürzt:
-
-.. parsed-literal::
-    S:EjzX0sTkstnnGbPIC7n1a5WlYCFsthPl8OYplLyihR1RdqcUsSnikrVowFo8QgpMutcz0...
-    F:1
-    D:2014-01-03T12:30Z
-    I:MIIEiTCCA3GgAwIBAgIDAWn+MA0GCSqGSIb3DQBQUAMEAxCzAJBVBAYTAlVTMRcwFQYDV...
-    I:MIIHojCCBoqgAwIBAgIDAW96MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAGMMQswCDVQQGEwJJTDEWMBQGA...
-    R:MIIGUjCCBTqgAwIBAgIODocAAQACqS54FrSbGvYwDQKoZIhvcNAQBQAwfDELMAkGA1UEB...
-
--- a/manuals/requirements.txt	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Sphinx
-sphinx-better-theme
--- a/manuals/theme/better/__init__.py	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-import os
-better_theme_path = os.path.split(os.path.dirname(__file__))[0]
-__version__ = '0.1.5'
--- a/manuals/theme/better/layout.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-{%- extends "basic/layout.html" %}
-{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_top with context %}
-{%- from "relbar.html" import relbar_bottom with context %}
-
-{#- ### head ### -#}
-
-{%- block extrahead %}
-
-  {#- make mobile reasonable #}
-  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1">
-
-  {%- for css_file in theme_cssfiles %}
-    {%- if css_file.startswith('http') %}
-      <link rel="stylesheet" href="{{ css_file }}" type="text/css" />
-    {%- else %}
-      <link rel="stylesheet" href="{{ pathto(css_file, 1) }}" type="text/css" />
-    {%- endif %}
-  {%- endfor %}
-
-  {%- for js_file in theme_scriptfiles %}
-    <script src="{{ pathto(js_file, 1) }}" type="text/javascript"></script>
-  {%- endfor %}
-
-  {%- if theme_inlinecss %}
-    <style type="text/css">{{ theme_inlinecss|safe }}</style>
-  {%- endif %}
-
-  {%- block userhead %}
-  {%- endblock %}
-{%- endblock %}
-
-{#- ### content ### -#}
-
-{%- block header %}
-  {%- if theme_showheader|tobool %}
-    <header id="pageheader"><h1><a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }} ">
-        {{ docstitle }}
-    </a></h1></header>
-  {%- endif %}
-{%- endblock %}
-
-{%- block relbar1 -%}{{ relbar_top() }}{%- endblock -%}
-{%- block relbar2 -%}{{ relbar_bottom() }}{%- endblock -%}
-
-{%- block footer %}
-  <footer id="pagefooter">
-
-    {%- if show_copyright %}
-      {%- if hasdoc('copyright') %}
-        {% trans path=pathto('copyright'), copyright=copyright|e %}
-          <a href="{{ path }}">&copy; {{ copyright }} </a>.
-        {% endtrans %}
-      {%- else %}
-        {%- trans copyright=copyright|e -%}
-          &copy; {{ copyright }}.
-        {%- endtrans %}
-      {%- endif %}
-    {%- endif %}
-
-    {%- if last_updated %}
-      {%- trans last_updated=last_updated|e -%}
-        Last updated on {{ last_updated }}.
-      {%- endtrans %}
-    {%- endif %}
-
-    {%- if show_sphinx %}
-      Created using <a href="http://sphinx-doc.org/">Sphinx</a>
-      {{ sphinx_version }}
-      {%- if theme_linktotheme|tobool %}
-        with the <a href="http://github.com/irskep/sphinx-better-theme">
-          better</a> theme
-      {%- endif %}.
-    {%- else %}
-      {%- if theme_linktotheme %}
-        This site uses the
-        <a href="http://github.com/irskep/sphinx-better-theme">
-        &ldquo;better&rdquo;</a>
-        theme for Sphinx.
-      {%- endif %}
-    {%- endif %}
-
-  </footer>
-
-  {% if theme_ga_ua %}
-    <script>
-      (function(i,s,o,g,r,a,m){i['GoogleAnalyticsObject']=r;i[r]=i[r]||function(){
-      (i[r].q=i[r].q||[]).push(arguments)},i[r].l=1*new Date();a=s.createElement(o),
-      m=s.getElementsByTagName(o)[0];a.async=1;a.src=g;m.parentNode.insertBefore(a,m)
-      })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga');
-
-      ga('create', '{{ theme_ga_ua }}', '{{ theme_ga_domain }}');
-      ga('send', 'pageview');
-    </script>
-  {% endif %}
-{%- endblock %}
--- a/manuals/theme/better/relbar.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-{%- macro rellink_markup() %}
-  <nav id="rellinks">
-    <ul>
-      {%- if prev %}
-        <li>
-          &larr;
-          <a href="{{ prev.link|e }}" title="Previous document">{{ prev.title }}</a>
-        </li>
-      {%- endif %}
-      {%- if next %}
-        <li>
-          <a href="{{ next.link|e }}" title="Next document">{{ next.title }}</a>
-          &rarr;
-        </li>
-      {%- endif %}
-    </ul>
-  </nav>
-{%- endmacro %}
-
-{%- macro breadcrumbs_markup() %}
-  <nav id="breadcrumbs">
-    <ul>
-      {%- block rootrellink %}
-      <li><a href="{{ pathto(master_doc) }}">{{ shorttitle|e }}</a></li>
-      {%- endblock %}
-      {%- for parent in parents %}
-      <li>
-        <a href="{{ parent.link|e }}">{{ parent.title }}</a>
-      </li>
-      {%- endfor %}
-      {%- block relbaritems %} {% endblock %}
-    </ul>
-  </nav>
-{%- endmacro %}
-
-{%- macro relbar_top() %}
-  {%- if theme_showrelbartop|tobool %}
-  <div class="related top">
-    {{- rellink_markup () }}
-    {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }}
-  </div>
-  {%- endif %}
-{%- endmacro %}
-
-{%- macro relbar_bottom() %}
-  {%- if theme_showrelbarbottom|tobool %}
-  <div class="related bottom">
-    {{- rellink_markup () }}
-    {{- breadcrumbs_markup() }}
-  </div>
-  {%- endif %}
-{%- endmacro %}
--- a/manuals/theme/better/searchbox.html	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-{%- if pagename != "search" %}
-<form class="search" action="{{ pathto('search') }}" method="get">
-  <input type="text" name="q"
-   placeholder="{{ _('type to search') }}" />
-  {#- I have not been able to make this look good. #}
-  {#- <input type="submit" value="{{ _('Search') }}" /> #}
-  <input type="hidden" name="check_keywords" value="yes" />
-  <input type="hidden" name="area" value="default" />
-</form>
-<script type="text/javascript">$('#searchbox').show(0);</script>
-{%- endif %}
--- a/manuals/theme/better/static/better.css_t	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-@import url("better_basic.css");
-
-{% set theme_headtextcolor = theme_headtextcolor or theme_textcolor %}
-{% set theme_footertextcolor = theme_footertextcolor or theme_textcolor %}
-
-/* main styles */
-
-body {
-    font-family: "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;
-    font-size: 100%;
-    color: {{ theme_textcolor }};
-    margin: 0;
-    padding: 0;
-    line-height: 135%;
-}
-
-a {
-    color: #008;
-    text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-a:visited {
-    color: #208;
-    text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-a:hover {
-    text-decoration: underline;
-}
-
-a.toc-backref {
-    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
-}
-
-p {
-    margin: 1rem 0;
-}
-
-h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
-    margin-top: 1em;
-    margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
-    line-height: 135%;
-}
-
-.body .section:first-child > :first-child,
-.sphinxsidebarwrapper > :first-child,
-.sphinxsidebar .search:first-child
-{
-    margin-top: 1rem;
-}
-
-h1 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: bold; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5rem; font-weight: normal; }
-h3 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: bold; }
-h4 { font-size: 1.25rem; font-weight: normal; }
-h5 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: bold; }
-h6 { font-size: 1rem; font-weight: normal; }
-
-/* page-level layout of containers */
-
-header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document {
-    width: 100%;
-    max-width: 60rem;
-    margin: auto;
-}
-
-.documentwrapper {
-    float: left;
-    width: 100%;
-}
-
-.bodywrapper {
-    {% if theme_rightsidebar|tobool -%}
-    margin: 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }} 0 0;
-    {%- else -%}
-    margin: 0 0 0 {{ theme_sidebarwidth }};
-    {%- endif %}
-}
-
-footer#pagefooter, footer#pagefooter a {
-    color: {{ theme_footertextcolor }};
-}
-
-
-footer#pagefooter {
-    padding-top: 2rem;
-    padding-bottom: 2rem;
-    text-align: center;
-}
-
-footer#pagefooter a {
-    text-decoration: underline;
-}
-
-/* header styles */
-
-body > header h1 a, body > header h1 a:visited {
-    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
-}
-
-a.headerlink {
-    font-size: 0.8em;
-    padding: 0 4px 0 4px;
-    text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-/* code styles */
-
-pre, tt {
-    background-color: #eee;
-    color: #333;
-}
-
-pre {
-    font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Lucida Console", monospace;
-    margin: 1rem -5px;
-    padding: 5px;
-    border-left: none;
-    border-right: none;
-    font-size: 0.8rem;
-    line-height: 1rem;
-}
-
-tt {
-    padding: 0 1px 0 1px;
-    font-family: Consolas, Monaco, monospace;
-}
-
-/* API doc styles */
-
-dl.function,
-dl.class,
-dl.method,
-dl.attribute,
-dl.data,
-dl.classmethod {
-    margin-bottom: 2rem;
-}
-
-/* relbar */
-
-.related {
-    line-height: 30px;
-    width: 100%;
-    font-size: 0.9rem;
-}
-
-.related.top {
-    border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
-}
-
-.related.bottom {
-    border-top: 1px solid #aaa;
-}
-
-.related ul {
-    padding: 0;
-    margin: 0;
-    list-style: none;
-}
-
-.related li {
-    display: inline;
-}
-
-nav#rellinks {
-    float: right;
-}
-
-nav#rellinks li+li:before {
-    content: "|";
-}
-
-nav#breadcrumbs li+li:before {
-    content: "\00BB";
-}
-
-/* sidebar */
-
-.sphinxsidebarwrapper {
-    padding: 0 1rem 0 0;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar {
-    width: {{ theme_sidebarwidth }};
-    margin-left: -100%;
-    font-size: 0.9rem;
-    {%- if theme_rightsidebar|tobool %}
-    float: right;
-    {%- else %}
-    float: left;
-    {%- endif %}
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar h3 a {
-    color: {{ theme_headtextcolor }};
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar p.topless {
-    margin: 5px 10px 10px 10px;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar ul {
-    margin: 0;
-    padding: 0;
-    margin-bottom: 1rem;
-    list-style: none;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar ul ul,
-.sphinxsidebar ul.want-points {
-    margin-left: 20px;
-    list-style: square;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar ul ul {
-    margin-top: 0;
-    margin-bottom: 0;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar input {
-    box-sizing: border-box;
-    -moz-box-sizing: border-box;
-    -webkit-box-sizing: border-box;
-    height: 1.5rem;
-    font-size: 0.9rem;
-    margin: 0;
-
-    background-color: white;
-    border: 1px solid #ccc;
-    color: #555;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar .search {
-    margin-top: 2rem;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=text] {
-    {#- width: calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #}
-    {#- width: -webkit-calc({{ theme_sidebarwidth }} - 5rem); #}
-    width: 90%;
-    display: inline-block;
-}
-
-.sphinxsidebar .search input[type=submit] {
-    width: 4rem;
-    display: inline-block;
-}
-
-/* paragraph-level markup */
-
-.admonition p.admonition-title + p {
-    display: inline;
-}
-
-.admonition p {
-    margin-bottom: 5px;
-}
-
-.admonition pre {
-    margin-bottom: 5px;
-}
-
-.admonition ul, .admonition ol {
-    margin-bottom: 5px;
-}
-
-p.admonition-title {
-    display: inline;
-    margin-right: 0;
-}
-
-p.admonition-title:after {
-    content: ":";
-}
-
-.note {
-    background-color: #eee;
-    border: 1px solid #ccc;
-}
-
-.seealso {
-    background-color: #ffc;
-    border: 1px solid #ff6;
-}
-
-.topic {
-    background-color: #eee;
-}
-
-.warning {
-    background-color: #ffe4e4;
-    border: 1px solid #f66;
-}
-
-.warning tt {
-    background: #efc2c2;
-}
-
-.note tt {
-    background: #d6d6d6;
-}
-
-.viewcode-block:target {
-    background-color: #f4debf;
-    border-top: 1px solid #ac9;
-    border-bottom: 1px solid #ac9;
-}
-
-/* responsive styles */
-
-@media (max-width: 820px) {
-    /* kill the sidebar */
-    .bodywrapper { margin: 0; }
-    .sphinxsidebar {
-        display: none;
-    }
-    header#pageheader, footer#pagefooter, .related, .document {
-        margin: 0 1rem;
-        width: calc(100% - 2rem);
-        width: -webkit-calc(100% - 2rem);
-    }
-}
--- a/manuals/theme/better/static/better_basic.css_t	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
-/* basic.css_t from Sphinx project modified for sphinx-better-theme */
-
-/* -- main layout ----------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-div.clearer {
-    clear: both;
-}
-
-/* -- search page ----------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-ul.search {
-    margin: 10px 0 0 20px;
-    padding: 0;
-}
-
-ul.search li {
-    padding: 5px 0 5px 20px;
-    background-image: url(file.png);
-    background-repeat: no-repeat;
-    background-position: 0 7px;
-}
-
-ul.search li a {
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-ul.search li div.context {
-    color: #888;
-    margin: 2px 0 0 30px;
-    text-align: left;
-}
-
-ul.keywordmatches li.goodmatch a {
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-/* -- index page ------------------------------------------------------------ */
-
-table.contentstable {
-    width: 90%;
-}
-
-table.contentstable p.biglink {
-    line-height: 150%;
-}
-
-a.biglink {
-    font-size: 1.3em;
-}
-
-span.linkdescr {
-    font-style: italic;
-    padding-top: 5px;
-    font-size: 90%;
-}
-
-/* -- general index --------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-table.indextable {
-    width: 100%;
-}
-
-table.indextable td {
-    text-align: left;
-    vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-table.indextable dl, table.indextable dd {
-    margin-top: 0;
-    margin-bottom: 0;
-}
-
-table.indextable tr.pcap {
-    height: 10px;
-}
-
-table.indextable tr.cap {
-    margin-top: 10px;
-    background-color: #f2f2f2;
-}
-
-img.toggler {
-    margin-right: 3px;
-    margin-top: 3px;
-    cursor: pointer;
-}
-
-div.modindex-jumpbox {
-    border-top: 1px solid #ddd;
-    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
-    margin: 1em 0 1em 0;
-    padding: 0.4em;
-}
-
-div.genindex-jumpbox {
-    border-top: 1px solid #ddd;
-    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
-    margin: 1em 0 1em 0;
-    padding: 0.4em;
-}
-
-/* -- general body styles --------------------------------------------------- */
-
-a.headerlink {
-    visibility: hidden;
-}
-
-h1:hover > a.headerlink,
-h2:hover > a.headerlink,
-h3:hover > a.headerlink,
-h4:hover > a.headerlink,
-h5:hover > a.headerlink,
-h6:hover > a.headerlink,
-dt:hover > a.headerlink {
-    visibility: visible;
-}
-
-div.body p.caption {
-    text-align: inherit;
-}
-
-div.body td {
-    text-align: left;
-}
-
-.field-list ul {
-    padding-left: 1em;
-}
-
-.first {
-    margin-top: 0 !important;
-}
-
-p.rubric {
-    margin-top: 30px;
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-img.align-left, .figure.align-left, object.align-left {
-    clear: left;
-    float: left;
-    margin-right: 1em;
-}
-
-img.align-right, .figure.align-right, object.align-right {
-    clear: right;
-    float: right;
-    margin-left: 1em;
-}
-
-img.align-center, .figure.align-center, object.align-center {
-  display: block;
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-.align-left {
-    text-align: left;
-}
-
-.align-center {
-    text-align: center;
-}
-
-.align-right {
-    text-align: right;
-}
-
-/* -- sidebars -------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-div.sidebar {
-    margin: 0 0 0.5em 1em;
-    border: 1px solid #ddb;
-    padding: 7px 7px 0 7px;
-    background-color: #ffe;
-    width: 40%;
-    float: right;
-}
-
-p.sidebar-title {
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-/* -- topics ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-div.topic {
-    border: 1px solid #ccc;
-    padding: 7px 7px 0 7px;
-    margin: 10px 0 10px 0;
-}
-
-p.topic-title {
-    font-size: 1.1em;
-    font-weight: bold;
-    margin-top: 10px;
-}
-
-/* -- admonitions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-div.admonition {
-    margin-top: 10px;
-    margin-bottom: 10px;
-    padding: 7px;
-}
-
-div.admonition dt {
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-div.admonition dl {
-    margin-bottom: 0;
-}
-
-p.admonition-title {
-    margin: 0px 10px 5px 0px;
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-div.body p.centered {
-    text-align: center;
-    margin-top: 25px;
-}
-
-/* -- tables ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-table.docutils {
-    border: 0;
-    border-collapse: collapse;
-}
-
-table.docutils td, table.docutils th {
-    padding: 1px 8px 1px 5px;
-    border-top: 0;
-    border-left: 0;
-    border-right: 0;
-    border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
-}
-
-table.field-list td, table.field-list th {
-    border: 0 !important;
-}
-
-table.footnote td, table.footnote th {
-    border: 0 !important;
-}
-
-th {
-    text-align: left;
-    padding-right: 5px;
-}
-
-table.citation {
-    border-left: solid 1px gray;
-    margin-left: 1px;
-}
-
-table.citation td {
-    border-bottom: none;
-}
-
-/* -- other body styles ----------------------------------------------------- */
-
-ol.arabic {
-    list-style: decimal;
-}
-
-ol.loweralpha {
-    list-style: lower-alpha;
-}
-
-ol.upperalpha {
-    list-style: upper-alpha;
-}
-
-ol.lowerroman {
-    list-style: lower-roman;
-}
-
-ol.upperroman {
-    list-style: upper-roman;
-}
-
-dl {
-    margin-bottom: 15px;
-}
-
-dd p {
-    margin-top: 0px;
-}
-
-dd ul, dd table {
-    margin-bottom: 10px;
-}
-
-dd {
-    margin-top: 3px;
-    margin-bottom: 10px;
-    margin-left: 30px;
-}
-
-dt:target, .highlighted {
-    background-color: #fbe54e;
-}
-
-dl.glossary dt {
-    font-weight: bold;
-    font-size: 1.1em;
-}
-
-.field-list ul {
-    margin: 0;
-    padding-left: 1em;
-}
-
-.field-list p {
-    margin: 0;
-}
-
-.refcount {
-    color: #060;
-}
-
-.optional {
-    font-size: 1.3em;
-}
-
-.versionmodified {
-    font-style: italic;
-}
-
-.system-message {
-    background-color: #fda;
-    padding: 5px;
-    border: 3px solid red;
-}
-
-.footnote:target  {
-    background-color: #ffa;
-}
-
-.line-block {
-    display: block;
-    margin-top: 1em;
-    margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-.line-block .line-block {
-    margin-top: 0;
-    margin-bottom: 0;
-    margin-left: 1.5em;
-}
-
-.guilabel, .menuselection {
-    font-family: sans-serif;
-}
-
-.accelerator {
-    text-decoration: underline;
-}
-
-.classifier {
-    font-style: oblique;
-}
-
-abbr, acronym {
-    border-bottom: dotted 1px;
-    cursor: help;
-}
-
-/* -- code displays --------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-pre {
-    overflow: auto;
-    overflow-y: hidden;  /* fixes display issues on Chrome browsers */
-}
-
-td.linenos pre {
-    padding: 5px 0px;
-    border: 0;
-    background-color: transparent;
-    color: #aaa;
-}
-
-table.highlighttable {
-    margin-left: 0.5em;
-}
-
-table.highlighttable td {
-    padding: 0 0.5em 0 0.5em;
-}
-
-tt.descname {
-    background-color: transparent;
-    font-weight: bold;
-    font-size: 1.2em;
-}
-
-tt.descclassname {
-    background-color: transparent;
-}
-
-tt.xref, a tt {
-    background-color: transparent;
-    font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-h1 tt, h2 tt, h3 tt, h4 tt, h5 tt, h6 tt {
-    background-color: transparent;
-}
-
-.viewcode-link {
-    float: right;
-}
-
-.viewcode-back {
-    float: right;
-    font-family: sans-serif;
-}
-
-div.viewcode-block:target {
-    margin: -1px -10px;
-    padding: 0 10px;
-}
-
-/* -- math display ---------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-img.math {
-    vertical-align: middle;
-}
-
-div.body div.math p {
-    text-align: center;
-}
-
-span.eqno {
-    float: right;
-}
-
-/* -- printout stylesheet --------------------------------------------------- */
-
-@media print {
-    div.document,
-    div.documentwrapper,
-    div.bodywrapper {
-        margin: 0 !important;
-        width: 100%;
-    }
-
-    div.sphinxsidebar,
-    div.related,
-    div.footer,
-    #top-link {
-        display: none;
-    }
-}
--- a/manuals/theme/better/theme.conf	Mon Sep 22 12:55:24 2014 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-[theme]
-inherit = basic
-stylesheet = better.css
-pygments_style = sphinx
-
-[options]
-rightsidebar = false
-inlinecss =
-cssfiles =
-scriptfiles =
-ga_ua =
-ga_domain =
-
-showrelbartop = true
-showrelbarbottom = true
-showheader = true
-linktotheme = true
-
-# css shortcuts that should decrease as the markup improves
-
-## page width is determined by CSS
-sidebarwidth     = 15rem
-
-## headtextcolor (color of h* tags) and footertextcolor default to the value
-## of textcolor
-textcolor        = #000000
-headtextcolor    =
-footertextcolor  =

http://wald.intevation.org/projects/trustbridge/